The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About20201025 Ver 1_Individual_20200807Staff Review Does this application have all the attachments needed to accept it into the review process?* r Yes r No ID#* 20201025 Version* 1 Is this project a public transportation project?* r Yes r No Reviewer List:* AmyAnnino:eads\amannino Select Reviewing Office:* Asheville Regional Office - (828) 296-4500 Submittal Type:* Individual Does this project require a request for payment to be sent?* r Yes r No How much is r $240.00 owed?* r $570.00 Project Submittal Form Please note: fields marked with a red asterisk below are required. You will not be able to submit the form until all mandatory questions are answered. Project Type: * 6- New Project r New Project w Existing ID r Pre -Application Submittal r More Information Response r Other Agency Comments r Stream or Buffer Appeal r For the Record Only (Courtesy Copy) New Project - Please check the new project type if you are trying to submit a new project that needs an official approval decision. Pre -Application Submittal - Please check the pre -application submittal if you just want feedback on your submittal and do not have the expectation that your submittal will be considered a complete application requiring a formal decision. More Information Response - Please check this type if you are responding to a request for information from staff and you have and ID# and version for this response. Other Agency Comments - Please check this if you are submitting comments on an existing project. Project Contact Information Name: Tyson Kurtz Who is submitting the information? Email Address: tyson@cwenv.com Project Information Project Name: 011is Waste Area Expansion Is this a public transportation project? r Yes r No Is the project located within a NC DCM Area of Environmental Concern (AEC)? r Yes r No r Unknown County (ies) Avery Please upload all files that need to be submited. Click the upload button or drag and drop files here to attach document 671 IP Application submitted 8.7.2020.pdf 14.19MB Only pdf or Ivre files are accepted. Describe the attachments or comments: Individual 401/404 permit application. Sign and Submit P By checking the box and signing box below, I certify that: o I have given true, accurate, and complete information on this form; • I agree that submission of this form is a "transaction" subject to Chapter 66, Article 40 of the NC General Statutes (the "Uniform Electronic Transactions Act") • I agree to conduct this transaction by electronic means pursuant to Chapter 66, Article 40 of the NC General Statutes (the "Uniform Electronic Transactions Act'); • I understand that an electronic signature has the same legal effect and can be enforced in the same way as a written signature; AND • I intend to electronically sign and submit the online form." Signature: Submittal Date: Is filled in autorretically. CLearWaLer C1earWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. www ewenv.com August 7, 2020 Mrs. Amanda Fuemmeler US Army Corps of Engineers Asheville Regulatory Field Office IS Patton Avenue, Room 208 Asheville, North Carolina 28801-5006 Mr. Paul Wojoski NC DWR, 401 Permitting & Buffer Unit 512 N. Salisbury Street, 9th Floor Raleigh, North Carolina 27604 RE: Sibelco North America, Inc. 011is Waste Area Expansion Avery County, North Carolina Corps Action ID 2011-01762 Mrs. Feummeler and Mr. Wojoski, The attached Individual Permit application is being submitted on behalf of Sibelco North America, Inc. (Sibelco) represented by Mr. Jeffrey Ferguson. Sibelco is seeking permit authorization for impacts associated with expansion of the 011is Waste Area in Avery County, North Carolina. Should you have any questions regarding the attached permit application and supplemental information please do not hesitate to contact me at 828-698-9800. A copy of this package has been sent to Ms. Andrea Leslie of the NC Wildlife Resources Commission and Mr. Byron Hamstead of the US Fish and Wildlife Service for review. A copy of this application has also been submitted to the NC Division of Water Quality, Asheville Regional Office. Respectfully, Tyson Kurtz. ement Riddle, P.W.S. Project Biologist Principal Copy Furnished: NC Division of Water Quality; Asheville Regional Office — Amy Annino NC Wildlife Resources Commission — Andrea Leslie US Fish and Wildlife Service — Byron Hamstead 32 Clayton Street Asheville, NC 28801 828-698-9800 Tel Preliminary ORM Data Entry Fields for New Actions SAW – 201 Ͳ BEGIN DATE [Received Date]: Prepare file folder Assign Action ID Number in ORM 1.Project Name [PCN FŽƌm A2a]: 2.Work Type: Private Institutional Government Commercial 3.Project Description / Purpose [PCN Form B3d and B3e]: 4.Property Owner / Applicant [PCN Form A3 or A4]: 5.Agent / Consultant [PCN Form A5 – or ORM Consultant ID Number]: 6.Related Action ID Number(s) [PCN Form B5b]: 7.Project Location - Coordinates͕^ƚƌĞĞƚĚĚƌĞƐƐ͕ĂŶĚͬŽƌ>ŽĐĂƚŝŽŶĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶ[PCN Form B1b]: 8.Project Location - Tax Parcel ID [PCN Form B1a]: 9.Project Location – County [PCN Form A2b]: 10.Project Location – Nearest Municipality or Town [PCN Form A2c]: 11.Project Information – Nearest Waterbody [PCN Form B2a]: ϭϮ͘tĂƚĞƌƐŚĞĚͬϴͲŝŐŝƚ,ǇĚƌŽůŽŐŝĐhŶŝƚŽĚĞ΀WE&ŽƌŵϮĐ΁͗ Authorization: Section 10 Section 404 Section 10 & 404 Regulatory Action Type: Standard Permit Nationwide Permit # Regional General Permit # Jurisdictional Determination Request Pre-Application Request Unauthorized ĐƚŝǀŝƚǇ Compliance EŽWĞƌŵŝƚZĞƋƵŝƌĞĚ Revised 20150602 9 1042 Ollis Waste Area Expansion ✔ The proposed project includes the expansion of the Ollis Waste Area to receive quartz processing tailings. Sibelco North America, Inc. Clearwater Environmental Consultants SAW-2011-01762 35.952972 N; -81.983778 W Off Brushy Creek Road near Spruce Pine, NC 181100567006 Avery Spruce Pine Brushy Creek 6010108 French Broad ✔ ✔ ✔ U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS OMB APPROVAL NO.0710-0003 APPLICATION FOR DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY PERMIT EXPIRES: 31 AUGUST 2012 3 CFR 325 Public reporting for this collection of information is estimated to average 11 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of the collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters, Executive Services and Communications Directorate, Information Management Division and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0710-0003). Respondents should be aware that notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a oollection of information if it does not display a currently valid OMB control number, Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either of those addresses. Completed applications must be submitted to the District Engineer having jurisdiction over the location of the proposed activity. PRIVACY ACT STATEMENT Authorities: Rivers and Harbors Act, Section 10, 33 USC 403; Clean Water Act, Section 404, 33 USC 1344; Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act, Section 103, 33 USC 1413; Regulatory Programs of the Corps of Engineers; Final Rule 33 CFR 320-332. Principal Purpose: Information provided on this form will be used in evaluating the application for a permit. Routine Uses: This information may be shared with the Department of Justice and other federal, state, and local government agencies, and the public and may be made available as part of a public notice as required by Federal law. Submission of requested information is voluntary, however, if information is not provided the permit application cannot be evaluated nor can a permit be issued. One set of original drawings or good reproducible copies which show the location and character of the proposed activity must be attached to this application (see sample drawings and/or instructions) and be submitted to the District Engineer having jurisdiction over the location of the proposed activity. An application that is not completed in full will be returned. (ITEMS 1 THRU 4 TO BE FILLED BY THE CORPS) 1. APPLICATION NO. 2. FIELD OFFICE CODE 3. DATE RECEIVED 4. DATE APPLICATION COMPLETE (ITEMS BELOW TO BE FILLED BYAPPLICAN7) 5. APPLICANT'S NAME 8. AUTHORIZED AGENT'S NAME AND TITLE (agent is not required) First - Jeffrey Middle - Scott Last - Ferguson First - Rutledge Middle -Clement Last - Riddle Company - Sibelco North America, Inc. Company - ClearWater Environmental Consultants Inc. E-mail Address-7eff.Ferguson@sibelco.com E-mail Address -clement@cwenv.com 6. APPLICANT'S ADDRESS: 9. AGENTS ADDRESS: Address- 136 Crystal Drive Address- 32 Clayton Street City - Spruce Pine State - NC Zip - 28777 Country -USA City - Asheville State - NC Zip - 28801 country -USA 7. APPLICANT'S PHONE NOs. w/AREA CODE 10. AGENTS PHONE NOs. w/AREA CODE a. Residence b. Business c. Fax a. Residence b. Business c. Fax 828-765-1114 X1602 (828)698-9800 STATEMENT OF AUTHORIZATION 11. l hereby authorize, Clear Water Env. Consultants to act in my behalf as my agent in the processing of this application and to furnish, upon request, supplemental information in support of permit application. -this 8/5/2020 SJONATURE OF -APPLICANT rvT DATE NAME, LOCATION, AND DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT OR ACTIVITY 12. PROJECT NAME OR TITLE (see instructions) Sibelco- 011is Waste Area Expansion 13. NAME OF WATERBODY, IF KNOWN (if applicable) 14. PROJECT STREET ADDRESS (if applicable) Brushy Creek Address Brushy Creek Rd 15. LOCATION OF PROJECT Latitude: -N 35.952972 Longitude: -W-81.983778 City - Spruce Pine State- NC Zip- 28777 16. OTHER LOCATION DESCRIPTIONS, IF KNOWN (see instructions) State Tax Parcel ID NIA Municipality Section - Township - Range - ENG FORM 4345, OCT 2010 EDITION OF OCT 2004 IS OBSOLETE Proponent: CECWOR 17. DIRECTIONS TO THE SITE From Asheville, follow I-26 Westbound(US19N for 18 miles, take exit 9 for US 19 N Toward Burnsville. Follow US 19 for approximately 11 miles. The road becomes US 19E-N, and continue for another 24 miles. Turn Right onto State Rd 1101Brush CreekRd. and continue for about I mile. The site will be on the left side. 18. Nature of Activity (Description of project, include all features) See Attached 19. Project Purpose (Describe the reason or purpose of the project, see instructions) See Attached USE BLOCKS 20-23 IF DREDGED AND/OR FILL MATERIAL IS TO BE DISCHARGED 20. ReaSDn(s) for Discharge See Attached 21. Type(s) of Material Being Discharged and the Amount of Each Type in Cubic Yards: Type Type Type Amount in Cubic Yards Amount in Cubic Yards Amount in Cubic Yards 2298 cubic yards of quartz processing tailing 22. Surface Area in Acres of Wetlands or Other Waters Filled (see instructions) Acres 0.274 Acres Wetlands or Linear Feet 347 LF Stream 23. Description of Avoidance, Minimization, and Compensation (see instructions) See Attached ENG FORM 4345, OCT 2010 24. Is Any Portion of the Work Already Complete? ❑Yes ONo IF YES, DESCRIBE THE COMPLETED WORK 25. Addresses of Adjoining Property Owners, Lessees, Etc., Whose Property Adjoins the Waterbody (if more than can be entered here, please attach a supplemental list). a. Address- See Attached City - Slate - Zip - b. Address - City - State - Zip - c. Address - City - State - Zip - d. Address - city - State - Zip - e. Address - city - State - Zip - 26. List of Other Certificates or Approvals/Denials received from other Federal, State, or Local Agencies for Work Described in This Application. AGENCY TYPE APPROVAL" IDENTIFICATION DATE APPLIED DATE APPROVED DATE DENIED NUMBER NC DWR 401 Certification NC DEMLR Erosion and Sediment NC DEMLR ' . NPDES Stormwater " Would include but is not restricted to zoning, building, and flood plain permits 27. Application is hereby made for permit or permits to authorize the work described in this application. I certify that this information in this application is complete and accurate. I further certify that I possess the authority to undertake the work des 'bed herein or am acting as the duly authorized agent of the applicant. q J. 2020-08-05 O RE OF APPLIUA--NT DATE "SIINITUREENT DATE The Application must be signed by the person who desires to undertake the proposed activity (applicant) or it may be signed by a duly authorized agent if the statement in block 11 has been filled out and signed. 18 U.S.C. Section 1001 provides that: Whoever, in any manner within the jurisdiction of any department or agency of the United States knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals, or covers up any trick, scheme, or disguises a material fact or makes any false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representations or makes or uses any false writing or document knowing same to contain any false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or entry, shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned not more than five years or both. ENG FORM 4345, OCT 2010 32 34 31 33 29 17 19 3 2 4 5 18 28 22 13 14 6 12 24 20 27 23 9 15 30 8 26 16 7 21 1 10 11 25 Sibelco North America, Inc. - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 0.5 10.25 Miles Legend Project Boundary Sibelco Parcel Project Parcel Adjacent Parcels 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Adjacent Parcel MapAvery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Sibelco North America, Inc. – Ollis Waste Area Expansion Adjoining Property Owners pg. 1 Map # PARCEL NO OWNER NAME MAILING ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP SITE ADDRESS 1 181100242456 PITTMAN, GEORGE E & PITTMAN, DENISE 54 SKY HOOK LN SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 54 SKYHOOK LN 2 181100262194 WEATHERMAN OF SPRUCE PINE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP 152 CONRAD LANE SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 10667 S US 19E HWY 3, 17 181100319842; 181100323450 AVERY COUNTY AIRPORT AUTHORITY C/O SAM CALVERT 202 LITTLE COW CAMP RD NEWLAND NC 28657 400 BRUSHY CREEK RD 4 181100962995 FORBES, DANIEL & FORBES, BECKY 185 MOURNING DOVE DR MARION NC 28752 BRUSHY CREEK RD 5 181100965717 VANCE, LILA 3790 NC HWY 126 MORGANTON NC 28655 BRUSHY CREEK RD 6 181100977398 THOMAS, JODY 123 HAZEL LN NEWLAND NC 28657 139 HAZEL LN 7; 15 181100265310; 181100263489 HUGHES, KENNETH MARVIN 165 HUFFMAN LANE SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 165 HUFFMAN LANE 8 181100241253 MT CALVARY FREEWILL BAPTIST TRUSTEES OF BURLESON CHAPEL 80 BRUSHY CREEK RD SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 80 BRUSHY CREEK RD 9, 10, 11, 18 181100342914; 181100245774; 181100246690; 181100244570 BIGGERSTAFF, MICHAEL & BIGGERSTAFF, VICKI 112 PINE GROVE RD SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 SOUTH US 19E HW;Y SKYHOOK LN; 66 SKYHOOK LN 12 181100255061 VANCE, FRANK D HEIRS JAMES FRANK VANCE P O BOX 1071 NEWLAND NC 28657 100 SKYHOOK LN 13 181100255477 HEATON, WILMA & MURCHISON, SAMANTHA P 240 SAM HEATON LN SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 240 SAM HEATON LN 14 181100262766 HUFFMAN, LANCE-LIFE ESTATE & HUFFMAN, MILDRED-LIFE ESTATE 37 HUFFMAN LN SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 37 HUFFMAN LN Sibelco North America, Inc. – Ollis Waste Area Expansion Adjoining Property Owners pg. 2 16 181100268880 HUFFMAN, TONY DALE & MITZIE 33 HUFFMAN LN SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 33 HUFFMAN LN 19, 29, 32 181100368903; 181100891231; 181200708492 DEAD RECKONING, LLC PHILLIPS, MARTHA PO BOX 669 BURNSVILLE NC 28714 PINE GROVE RD; BRUSHY CREEK RD; MULLIN HILL RD 20 181100377754 OLLIS, DAVID A 477 PINE GROVE CH RD SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 477 PINE GROVE CH RD 21, 22, 33 181100431139; 181100422706 181200400420 COUNTY OF AVERY P O BOX 640 NEWLAND NC 28657 440 BRUSHY CREEK RD 23 181100470409 OLLIS, CHRISTY 479 PINE GROVE RD SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 PINE GROVE RD 24 181100481173 OLLIS, JAMES ARTHUR 566 PINE GROVE RD SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 415 PINE GROVE RD 25 181100482733 ARNETT, FRANK 417 PINE GROVE RD SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 417 PINE GROVE RD 26 181100863155 BURSE, TERRY L & BURSE, MELANIE D 1643 BRUSHY CREEK SPRUCE PINE NC 28777 1643 BRUSHY CREEK 27 181100868509 BOONE, NIKKI & BOONE, JEFFREY 5455 OLD TOWN LN GASTONIA NC 28056 BRUSHY CREEK RD 28 181100879304 HURD, LINDA VEITCH 1041 DEWITT ARNETTE RD BANNER ELK NC 28604 BRUSHY CREEK RD 30 181100979433 GRINDSTAFF, DENNIS 123 FLACK RD FOREST CITY NC 28043 158 HAZEL LN 31 181200400420 SOKOL, R.P. & SOKOL, VIRGINIA 52 BATES ST MENDON MA 17560 650 MULLIN HILL RD 34 182100370014 TIMBER JACK, LLC P O BOX 669 BURNSVILLE NC 28714 BRUSHY CREEK RD i Individual Permit Application for U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Section 404 Permit and North Carolina 401 Water Quality Certification August 7, 2020 Applicant: Sibelco North America, Inc Attn: Jeff Ferguson 136 Crystal Drive Spruce Pine, NC 28777 USA Prepared by: ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. 32 Clayton Street Asheville, North Carolina 28801 828-698-9800 ii TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT............................................................................................................... 1 1.1 Project Location ......................................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Jurisdictional Waters ................................................................................................................................. 1 2.0 BACKGROUND ........................................................................................................................................... 2 2.1 Prior Project History .................................................................................................................................. 2 3.0 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS................................................................................................................. 3 3.1 Natural Community Types ........................................................................................................................ 3 3.2 Water Resources ........................................................................................................................................ 3 3.3 Geology and Soils ...................................................................................................................................... 3 3.4 Fish and Wildlife Use of the Project Site .................................................................................................. 3 3.5 Threatened and Endangered Species ......................................................................................................... 3 4.0 PROJECT PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................. 5 5.0 PROPOSED PROJECT ............................................................................................................................... 6 5.1 Mine Pit Expansion ................................................................................................................................... 6 6.0 DISCUSSION OF ALTERNATIVES ......................................................................................................... 7 6.1 Avoidance .................................................................................................................................................. 8 6.2 Minimization ............................................................................................................................................. 8 6.3 On-Site Alternative .................................................................................................................................... 8 6.4 Alternative Locations ................................................................................................................................ 8 6.5 Utilize other Sibelco Infrastructure.......................................................................................................... 10 6.6 Alternatives Summary ............................................................................................................................. 11 7.0 CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION PLAN .................................................................................................... 12 7.1 NC Division of Mitigation Services (NCDMS)....................................................................................... 12 7.2 Summary.................................................................................................................................................. 12 8.0 US ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 404(b)(1) GUIDELINES .................................... 12 8.1 Factual Determination ............................................................................................................................. 13 8.2 Potential Impacts on Physical and Chemical Characteristics of the Aquatic Ecosystem......................... 13 8.3 Potential Impacts to Biological Characteristics of the Ecosystem ........................................................... 14 8.4 Potential Impacts on Special Aquatic Sites ............................................................................................. 15 8.5 Potential Effects on Human Use Characteristics ..................................................................................... 16 8.6 Summary.................................................................................................................................................. 17 9.0 PUBLIC INTEREST CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................................. 18 9.1 Conservation ............................................................................................................................................ 18 9.2 Economics ............................................................................................................................................... 18 9.3 Aesthetics ................................................................................................................................................ 18 9.4 General Environmental Concerns ............................................................................................................ 18 9.5 Wetlands .................................................................................................................................................. 19 9.6 Historic Properties ................................................................................................................................... 19 9.7 Fish and Wildlife Values ......................................................................................................................... 19 9.8 Flood Hazards .......................................................................................................................................... 19 9.9 Floodplain Values .................................................................................................................................... 19 9.10 Land Use .................................................................................................................................................. 19 9.11 Navigation ............................................................................................................................................... 19 9.12 Shore Erosion and Accretion ................................................................................................................... 20 9.13 Recreation ................................................................................................................................................ 20 9.14 Water Supply and Conservation .............................................................................................................. 20 9.15 Water Quality (Stormwater Management) .............................................................................................. 20 9.16 Energy Needs ........................................................................................................................................... 20 9.17 Safety ....................................................................................................................................................... 20 9.18 Food and Fiber Production ...................................................................................................................... 20 9.19 Mineral Needs ......................................................................................................................................... 20 9.20 Considerations of Property Ownership .................................................................................................... 20 9.21 Needs and Welfare of the Public ............................................................................................................. 21 10.0 SECONDARY AND CUMULATIVE EFFECTS .................................................................................... 22 11.0 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................................. 23 iii LIST OF FIGURES 1. Vicinity Map 2. USGS Topographic Map 3. Aerial Imagery NCCGIA 2018 4. USDA Soils Map 5. Impact Map 5a. Onsite Alternative 6. Alternatives Map 6a. Alternative 1 6b. Alternative 2 6c. Alternative 3 7 FEMA Floodplain map LIST OF APPENDICES Appendix A Approved Jurisdictional Determination Request Appendix B Threatened and Endangered Species Report Appendix C NC SAM and NC WAM Forms Appendix D DMS Acceptance Letter Appendix E Stormwater Pond Construction Specifications 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT Sibelco North America, Inc (Sibelco) proposes to impact stream channels and wetlands to facilitate the expansion of an existing waste area at the Brushy Creek Mine. The project, known as the Ollis Waste Area Expansion, will impact streams and wetlands through excavation and fill within the proposed expansion boundary. The Ollis Waste Area Expansion will receive tailings from the Schoolhouse quartz processing plant located west of Highway 19E. 1.1 Project Location The Ollis Waste Area Expansion is located northeast of downtown Spruce Pine in Avery County, North Carolina. To access the site from Asheville, take US Highway 19/23 North (Future I-26) to Exit 9 (US Highway 19). Continue on US Highway 19 East past Spruce Pine and turn right onto Brushy Creek Road. The mine and project site are located north of Brushy Creek Road near the Avery County Airport. A site vicinity map and USGS topographic map are attached for review (Figures 1 and 2). 1.2 Jurisdictional Waters Streams within the project boundary include unnamed tributaries to Brushy Creek which is a tributary to the North Toe River. The North Toe River flows into the Nolichucky River, which is a tributary to the French Broad River. The French Broad River is a navigable-in-fact water at the Wilson Bridge southeast of Brevard. The unnamed tributaries are classified by the NC Division of Water Quality (DWQ) as class “C, Tr” waters. Section 3.2 further describes the jurisdictional waters on site. There are sixteen wetlands and four streams located within the project boundary that make up the quantity of jurisdictional waters: Table 1. Jurisdictional Waters within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion Project Feature Amount Unit Stream 957 linear feet Wetlands 0.328 acres Open Water 0 acres 2 2.0 BACKGROUND The Spruce Pine mining district is known to contain deposits of gems and minerals, and some of the purest quartz deposits known in the world. Small mines produced gemstones, kaolin, feldspar, quartz, and mica in the late 1880’s and early 1900’s. Gemstone mining proved unsustainable, and the move away from mica-based electrical conductors to quartz-based semiconductors caused many small mines to close. Development of the railroad caused the town of Spruce Pine to grow and become the industrial center of the county, as well as, open the area to large-scale mining operations. Mineral resources currently mined in this district include mica, feldspar, and quartz. Mica, to a much smaller extent, is also still mined. Two mining companies in Spruce Pine (Sibelco North America, Inc. and The Quartz Corporation) supply the majority of the world’s high purity quartz market which is used for solar, semiconductor and fiber optic markets. 2.1 Prior Project History ClearWater Environmental (CEC) delineated the project area on March 21, 2019 and submitted a Jurisdictional Determination Request to the US Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) on June 10, 2019. The Corps issued a “Notification of Jurisdictional Determination” (JD) on November 6, 2019 (Action ID 2019-01042). In response to changes to the Clean Water Act in June 2020 that affect the jurisdiction of multiple wetlands present within the project boundary, a revised JD request is included with this permit application (Appendix A). Table 1 Regulatory History Action ID Date Type Impact Location SAW-2011- 01762 September 27, 2011; Amended November 2, 2012 Jurisdictional Determination n/a West School House Mine DWR# 2012- 0632 October 20, 2012 Water Quality Certification 1,376 LF Stream- Permanent West School House Mine SAW-2011- 01762 October 31, 2012 404 Individual Permit 1,376 LF Stream- Permanent West School House Mine Action ID: 2019-01042 November 6, 2019 Jurisdictional Determination n/a Ollis Waste Area Expansion Action ID: 2019-01042 Submitted: July 22, 2020 Jurisdictional Determination (Pending) n/a Ollis Waste Area Expansion 3 3.0 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS The project site consists of an operational mine, a reclaimed mine, and forested areas. The existing mine and forested areas can be observed in the aerial imagery (Figure 3). The surrounding land uses are rural residential and forested. The site is relatively steep with elevations ranging from 2,796 feet to 3,052 feet above mean sea level (MSL). 3.1 Natural Community Types The project site consists of an inactive mine and surrounding forested areas. Natural communities observed on site include rich mountain cove forest, white pine forest, riparian wetland, basin wetland, and primary succession ruderal areas. These habitats are varied and contains mesophytic and hydrophytic species. CEC conducted a threatened and endangered species survey and habitat assessment on January 23, 2020. This report is included as Appendix B. Threatened and endangered species findings are also described in Section 3.5. 3.2 Water Resources Freshwater habitats include the streambeds and banks of unnamed tributaries to Brushy Creek, and wetlands. There are approximately 957 linear feet of stream channel within the project boundary. In general, these tributaries flow north to south and eventually into Brushy Creek and the North Toe River. There are approximately 0.328 acres of wetlands within the project area. Streams and wetlands within the project boundary are bordered by riparian forest. CEC used the North Carolina Stream Assessment Method (NCSAM) and the North Carolina Wetland Assessment Method (NCWAM) to evaluate the quality of water resources on site. The results indicated that stream ratings ranged from low to medium to high and wetlands had both low and high ratings. Data forms for the NCSAM and NCWAM evaluations are included in Appendix C. 3.3 Geology and Soils The Ollis Waste Area Expansion site is located within the Mountain physiographic region of North Carolina and more specifically the Southern Crystalline Ridges and Mountains Ecoregion. The underlying geology is mapped as “Dqd- Quartz diorite to granodiorite” on the 1985 USGS Geologic Map of North Carolina. The underlying geology dates from the Devonian period (approximately 390 MYA), and contains biotite, muscovite, and xenocrysts. Soil series present on site include: Chandler-Micaville complex, Cullowhee loam, Pits/Quarries, Udorthents urban land complex, and Watauga sandy loam complex. A soils map and legend have been attached for review (Figure 4). 3.4 Fish and Wildlife Use of the Project Site It is assumed that wildlife species inhabiting the site include those typically found in the forest types of the region previously described above. The project site has active mining operations to the west of the project area, while the north, south, and east are primarily forested. Although site-specific studies documenting species utilization of the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project area have not been conducted, general observations of wildlife use were recorded during site visits. 3.5 Threatened and Endangered Species CEC has conducted a file review of records maintained by the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP). The desktop literature survey involved a review of FWS list of protected species in Avery County, and a query of the NHP database for current and historic occurrences of listed species within 4 a mile of the project area. CEC conducted a protected species survey and potential habitat assessment on January 23, 2020 within the 56-acre project area. During this assessment CEC observed suitable habitat for the northern long-eared bat. It is the opinion of CEC that federally protected species are not likely to be present within the project boundary. As such, the Ollis Waste Area Expansion is not likely to cause an adverse impact to any federally threatened or endangered species or their critical habitat. The USFWS lists 13 federally protected species in Avery County. (Table 2). CEC consulted the USFWS Northern Long-Eared Bat (NLEB) Consultation Areas Map for Avery County. (Appendix B). While the site is not located in a watershed with known NLEB Maternity Trees or Hibernation Sites, the project area is approximately one mile west of a known watershed, and less than five miles from two other known watersheds to the north and north east of the site. Suitable habitat for the NLEB does occur within the project area. Table 2 Federally Threatened and Endangered Species of Avery County Common Name Scientific Name Protection Status Bald eagle Haliaeetus leucocephalus BGPA Bog Turtle Glyptemys muhlenburgii T (S/A) Carolina northern flying squirrel Glaucomys sabrinus coloratus E Gray bat Myotis grisescens E Northern long-eared bat Myotis septentrionalis T Virginia big-eared bat Corynorhinus townsendii virginianus E Rusty-patched bumble bee Bombus affinis E Spruce-fir moss spider Microhexura motivaga E Blue Ridge foldenrod Solidago spithamaea T Heller’s blazing star Liatris helleri T Roan mountain bluet Hedyotis purpurea var montana E Spreading avens Geum radiatum E Rock gnome lichen Gymnoderma lineare E BGPA: Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act E: endangered, T: threatened T(S/A): threatened due to similarity of appearance The NCNHP database identifies two element occurrences of significantly rare species and two managed areas within a one-mile radius of the project area but does not list any federally protected threatened or endangered species in that vicinity. (Appendix B) 5 4.0 PROJECT PURPOSE The basic project purpose of the proposed project is to mine and process quartz. More specifically, the overall project purpose of the proposed project is to expand existing areas for the disposal of mining waste including quartz processing tailings so mining of quartz can continue. 6 5.0 PROPOSED PROJECT The applicant proposes to permanently impact 347 linear feet of stream channel and 0.274 acres of wetlands to continue mining and processing quartz. The proposed project includes the expansion of the Ollis Waste Area to receive quartz processing tailings. Impacts have been identified on the site plans, which are enclosed for review (Figure 5). 5.1 Mine Pit Expansion The proposed stream and wetland impacts will allow for expansion of the existing mine pit and provide a location to dispose of approximately 3.3 million tons of mining tailing produced by the Brushy Creek Mine facility. The waste area expansion would allow approximately 17.3 years of additional capacity for the operation of the Brushy Creek Mine by providing a location to dispose of mining waste material, referred to here as “tailings.” The mining waste material will consist of a mixture of feldspar sand with tailings consisting primarily of clays, sand and mica. Additionally, this material has a relatively high initial moisture content (>20%). As such, after the tailings are loaded and transported to the dump they must be allowed to dry through a combination of mechanical mixing and exposure to the atmosphere. Once suitably dry, the material is spread into 8 to 10-inch lifts. These lifts are then mechanically compacted to a minimum of 95% of the Standard Proctor maximum dry density. Below is a summary of the proposed stream and wetland impacts. Table 3 Stream Impacts Impact Number Length 1 (S4) 197 LF 2 (S3 Reach 1) 150 LF Total 347 LF Table 4 Wetland Impacts Impact Number Area AC 1 (W2) 0.049 2 (W16) 0.035 3 (W17) 0.190 Total 0.274 AC 7 6.0 DISCUSSION OF ALTERNATIVES This discussion of alternatives is submitted by the applicant to assist the Wilmington District, Corps in evaluating the application for authorization to discharge dredged or fill material into waters of the United States, including wetlands, under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1344 at the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project. An analysis of the Section 404(b)(1) Guidelines (Guidelines) requirements for consideration of alternatives as required by 40 C.F.R. 230.10(a) is set forth below. The Guidelines’ alternatives requirements provide that “no discharge of dredged or fill material shall be permitted if there is a practicable alternative to the proposed discharge which would have less adverse impact on the aquatic ecosystem, so long as the alternative does not have other significant adverse environmental consequences.” [See 40 C.F.R. 230.10(a)]. The record must contain “sufficient information to demonstrate that the proposed discharge complies with the requirements of Section 230.10(a) of the Guidelines. The amount of information needed to make such a determination and the level of scrutiny required by the Guidelines is commensurate with the severity of the environmental impact (as determined by the functions of the aquatic resource and the nature of the proposed activity) and the scope/cost of the project.” [See Corps/EPA Memorandum to the Field “Appropriate Level of Analysis Required for Evaluating Compliance with Section 404(b)(1) Guidelines Alternatives Requirements,” p. 2, dated August 23, 1994, hereinafter the “Memorandum.”] As noted in the Memorandum on pages 3-4, the 404(b)(1) Guidelines “only prohibits discharges when a practicable alternative exists which would have less adverse impact on the aquatic ecosystem.” [See Memorandum.] “If an alleged alternative is unreasonably expensive to the applicant, the alternative is not practicable.” [See Guidelines Preamble, “Economic Factors,” 45 Federal Register 85343 (December 24, 1980).] Practicable alternatives for the project are those alternatives that are “available and capable of being done after taking into consideration costs, existing technology, and logistics in light of overall project purposes.” [See 40 C.F.R. 230.10(a)(2).] Clarification is provided in the Preamble to the Guidelines on how cost is to be considered in the determination of practicability. An alternative site is considered “available” if it is presently owned by the applicant or “could reasonably be obtained, utilized, expanded or managed in order to fulfill the basic purpose of the proposed activity.” 40 C.F.R. § 230.10(a)(2). Our intent is to consider those alternatives, which are reasonable in terms of the overall scope and cost of the proposed project. The term economic [for which the term “costs” was substituted in the final rule] might be construed to include consideration of the applicant’s financial standing, or investment, or market share, a cumbersome inquiry which is not necessarily material to the objectives of the Guidelines. 8 The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 404(b)(1) Guidelines state that, “we have chosen instead to impose an explicit, but rebuttable presumption that alternatives to discharges in special aquatic sites are less damaging to the aquatic ecosystem, and are environmentally preferable.” Of course, the general requirements that impacts to the aquatic system not be acceptable also applies. This presumption “...contains sufficient flexibility to reflect circumstances of unusual cases” (249 Fed. Reg., 85339, December 24, 1980). It is clear from these stipulations that a preferable alternative may allow filling in certain wetland areas and subsequent mitigation and/or management of other areas. 6.1 Avoidance The ore required for the continued operation of the mine and processing plants is a rare commodity and exists only in a very few locations in the world. Sibelco has no control over the location of the ore within the mine boundary and only identifies its location after extensive drilling. Sibelco intends to mine all ore that meets the quality requirements for various products; therefore, avoidance of jurisdictional waters (with ore beneath) is difficult because the ore does not exist in other places. Additionally, as “expansion” implies, the Ollis Waste Area Expansion is located adjacent to an existing waste disposal area. Complete avoidance of streams and wetlands in this location is not possible due to topographic constraints. 6.2 Minimization The site has been planned to avoid streams and wetlands to the maximum extent practicable, while still fulfilling the purpose of the project. The table below summarizes the total avoidance and minimization that has taken place within the project boundaries. Feature Amount Avoided and Minimized Percent Avoided and Minimized Streams 610 LF 64 Wetlands 0.054 Ac 16 6.3 Onsite Alternative Sibelco has avoided and minimized impacts to streams and wetlands to the greatest extent practicable and feasible while still accomplishing the overall project purpose. The original site plans (Option 1- Onsite Alternative, Figure 5A) consisted of an additional 21.3-acre expansion outside of the original mining permit boundary. The Onsite Alternative proposed 779 linear feet of stream impact and 0.328 acres of wetland impact. Additional streams and wetlands may exist within the Option 1 boundary which were not delineated. A revised site plan (Proposed Impact Area, Figure 5) reduced the footprint of the site by 3.21 acres by the modification of storm water basins OL2A, OL2B, and OL3. The modification of the site plan (Preferred Alternative) resulted in a reduction of 432 feet of impacts to delineated streams and 0.054 acre impacts to delineated wetlands. 6.4 Alternative Locations Sibelco owns additional parcels in the Spruce Pine area containing the Hawkins Mine, Brushy Creek Mine, as well as undeveloped forested land. These and other potential locations were examined as alternatives for the Ollis Waste Area Expansion. The approximate location of alternative locations is shown on the attached “Alternatives Map” (Figures 6, 6A, 6B, and 6C). Waste areas must be easily accessible to limit hauling costs and increased traffic on public roads. Logistically, continuous and central dump 9 space is preferable to multiple small dump locations placed throughout the county. The Schoolhouse quartz processing plant and mine have existing dumps on site. The proposed project constitutes the continued development of these dumps to meet the design capacity for the dumps as a whole. Criteria for alternative locations include: 1. Size of the waste area: Site must accommodate a waste disposal area of at least 50 acres in size to achieve project goals. 2. Accessibility to the Sibelco mining areas and waste processing facility: Alternative must be easily accessible by a road that can accommodate large heavy earthmoving equipment. 3. The waste areas must be located in close proximity to the quartz processing plant to reduce transportation costs, with preference placed to closer sites. 4. Waste material cannot be placed over potentially mineable ore and must be placed in a location that does not hinder existing quartz processing plant activities and mining. 5. Minimal impacts to streams and wetlands. Alternative Location 1 Sibelco’s property to the south of the Brushy Creek Mine site (PIN #: 181100567006) comprises approximately 2,946 acres and contains complex terrain with numerous streams and wetlands. Much of this area has steep terrain and is not currently accessible by road. A 50-acre area (Alternative Location 1) currently accessible to existing roads was examined as a potential alternative location to place the approximately 3.3 million tons of mining waste (Figure 6A). The steep topography of this tract poses numerous challenges to safely operate large heavy earthmoving equipment and properly store mine tailings. Alternative Location 1 is approximately 1.3 miles from the processing plant. This parcel is known to contain potential future mining reserves. Approximately 4,287 linear feet of streams are located within the parcel and it is entirely forested. Development of the site would result in increased impacts to aquatic ecosystems when compared to the Preferred Alternative. This Alternative meets the criteria of 1 (Size), 2 (Accessibility), and 3 (Proximity) but does not meet criteria for 4 (Potentially minable ore), and 5 (Minimal impacts to streams and wetlands); therefore, this alternative has been eliminated from consideration. Alternative Location 2 A 258-acre portion of Sibelco’s property on the west side of the Toe River (Alternative Location 2) is on flat terrain and has been mostly cleared of forest cover (Figure 6B). The main access road would require improvement before large heavy earthmoving equipment could access the site. Alternative Location 2 is approximately 0.3 miles from the processing plant and is not known to contain potential future mining reserves. This area contains approximately 7,203 linear feet of streams which is a significantly higher density of linear feet of stream per acre than the length of streams delineated within the Preferred Alternative parcel. Therefore, development of the site would likely result in increased impacts to aquatic ecosystems when compared to the Preferred Alternative. This site is a working farm that contains many historic sites. This location hosts the annual Over Mtn. Victory Trail re-enactment and other educational programs. Due to the historic nature of this area, Sibelco plans to avoid any future mining or waste activities on this historic farm. A portion of Alternative Location 2, including the access road that would need improvements, is within the FEMA 100-year floodplain. This Alternative meets the criteria of 1 (Size), 3 (Proximity), and 4 (Potentially minable ore) but does not 10 meet criteria for 2 (Accessibility), and 5 (Minimal impacts to streams and wetlands); therefore, this alternative has been eliminated from consideration. Alternative Location 3. An 87-acre parcel northwest of the processing plant (Alternative Location 3; PIN# 181100046949) is owned by Timber Jack, LLC and is a former mine site (Figure 6C). Accessing Alternative Location 3 from the Sibelco mining areas would require crossing a four-lane highway (Hwy 19E). This access route poses a public safety issue of having large heavy earthmoving equipment constantly crossing a busy highway. This parcel is approximately 0.3 miles from the processing plant. Alternative Location 3 is not known to contain potential future mining reserves. The site contains approximately 3,482 LF of streams. Development of this site would result in greater disturbance to aquatic ecosystems when compared to the Preferred Alternative. Acquisition of the parcel would be a large additional expense, if it were to become available. Additionally, the parcel has adjacent residential properties which would experience visual and sound disturbances if developed. This Alternative meets the criteria of 1 (Size), 3 (Proximity), and 4 (Potentially minable ore) but does not meet criteria for 2 (Accessibility), and 5 (Minimal impacts to streams and wetlands); therefore, this alternative has been eliminated from consideration. Preferred Alternative The Preferred Alternative (proposed Ollis Waste Area Expansion) is a 56-acre parcel that was was previously mined and is partially disturbed. This area will provide easy access to the plant from existing haul roads that avoid major highways, which is preferential in the interest of public safety. The Preferred Alternative is one mile from the processing plant. This area is not known to contain potential future mining reserves. This site contains less than 1,000 feet of stream. As such, development of this area would result in minimal aquatic ecosystem features compared to all other alternatives. There is sufficient forested buffer between the proposed waste location and neighboring parcels to avoid visual and sound disturbances. This Alternative meets the criteria of 1 (Size), 2 (Accessibility), 3 (Proximity), 4 (Potentially minable ore), and 5 (Minimal impacts to streams and wetlands); therefore, this is the chosen alternative. The Preferred Alternative resulted in the reduction of several hundred thousand tons of waste storage capacity to allow a 5.6% reduction in impact area when compared to the original expansion plan (Option 1 - Onsite Alternative). Table 5 Alternatives Analysis Alternative 1) Size 2) Accessibility 3) Proximity 4) Ore 5) Stream Impact Alternative 1 + + + - - Alternative 2 + - + o - Alternative 3 + - + o - Preferred Alternative + + + o + + Site has optimal characteristic for criteria when compared to other alternatives - Site has suboptimal characteristic for criteria when compared to other alternatives o Site has neutral effect on criteria or does not apply 6.5 Utilize other Sibelco Infrastructure Sibelco operates other types of mine waste dumps in the Spruce Pine vicinity that accepts various types of mining waste including tailings and overburden. This includes a waste 11 disposal area at the Hawkins Mine and a waste disposal area adjacent to the processing plant. The waste disposal area adjacent to the processing plant is nearly complete, with only approximately 2-5 years remaining waste storage capacity. The waste disposal area at Hawkins mine is too great a distance to be considered as an alternative location, because the cost to transport mining wastes approximately 7.5 miles would be cost prohibitive and is not a practicable option. 6.6 Alternatives Summary This discussion of alternatives, together with the documents submitted by the applicant in support of permit issuance, shows that the project complies with the Guidelines. As this analysis clearly demonstrates, the Ollis Waste Area Expansion is designed to avoid and minimize impacts to the site to the maximum extent practicable while maintaining a rational project design and meeting the overall project purpose. 12 7.0 CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION PLAN Upon completion and implementation of all practical avoidance and minimization efforts, 347 linear feet of stream channel and 0.274 acres of wetlands impacts associated with the Ollis Waste Area Expansion are unavoidable. Results from NCSAM and NCWAM evaluation of the proposed impact areas are indicated below. Data forms for the NCSAM and NCWAM evaluations are included in Appendix C. 7.1 NC Division of Mitigation Services (NCDMS) Sibelco proposes to mitigate for the balance of unavoidable impacts (approximately 347 linear feet of “cold” stream habitat and 0.274 acres of forested wetland) through payment into the NCDMS in-lieu fee program. By letter dated July 23, 2020, NCDMS has indicated they are willing to accept payment for impacts associated with the Ollis Waste Area Expansion. The acceptance letter is enclosed for review (Appendix D). Table 6 Proposed Stream Mitigation Credits Impact Number Length Type NC SAM Rating Proposed Mitigation Ratio Total Credits 1 (S4) 197 LF Intermittent MEDIUM 1:1 197 2 (S3 Reach 1) 150 LF Perennial HIGH 2:1 300 Total 347 LF 497 Table 7 Proposed Wetland Mitigation Credits Impact Number Area (AC) Type NC WAM Rating Proposed Mitigation Ratio Total Credits 1 (W2) 0.049 Headwater Forest HIGH 2:1 0.098 14 (W16) 0.035 Basin LOW 1:1 0.035 15 (W17) 0.190 Basin LOW 1:1 0.190 Total 0.274 0.323 7.2 Summary Sibelco is proposing to mitigate for 347 linear feet of unavoidable stream impacts, and 0.274 acres of forested wetland impacts. Compensatory mitigation will be in the form of payment to NCDMS. Tables 6 and 7 in Section 7.1 indicate proposed mitigation ratios and summarize the basic mitigation requirement for the Ollis Waste Area Expansion. 8.0 US ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 404(b)(1) GUIDELINES EPA interim regulations providing guidance for specification of deposit on sites for dredge and fill material were published on September 17, 1993, in 40 C.F.R. 230 per Section 404(b)1. Sub- Parts A through I pertain to dredge and fill permits and apply to project sites similar to this project. Sub-Part D presents a summary of compliance criteria for the 404(b)1 guidelines. This section references and defines practicable alternatives and indicates that a dredge and fill permit shall not be issued if practicable alternatives exist. Alternatives reviewed, detailed in Section 6.0, were assessed for compliance with 404(b)1 guidelines. 13 Additional EPA guidance is presented related to general regulatory criteria, wildlife value, and human health guidelines. The discharge of dredge and fill material is considered permittable under these guidelines if the discharge activity: does not contribute to violation of state water quality standards; does not violate toxic effluent standards; does not jeopardize the continued existence of species listed as threatened and endangered pursuant to the federal Endangered Species Act of 1973 and subsequent amendments; does not cause degradation to any marine sanctuaries; does not contribute to significant degradation of “waters of the United States;” does not adversely affect human health as it pertains to water supply; does not adversely impact wildlife, the food chain, or special aquatic sites; does not contribute to the discharge of pollutants that may affect the food web; does not have negative effects on the productivity of the aquatic ecosystem, or their physical values; and does not have adverse impacts on recreation, aesthetic, or economic values. Additionally, the applicant is required to minimize potential adverse impacts on the aquatic ecosystem. 8.1 Factual Determination The Corps is required to determine both potential short-term and long-term effects of a proposed discharge of dredge and fill material on the physical, chemical, and biological components of an aquatic environment. 8.2 Potential Impacts on Physical and Chemical Characteristics of the Aquatic Ecosystem Sub-Part C of the 40 C.F.R. 230 guidelines lists six physical and chemical characteristics that must be assessed during the permit review, and the effects of which must be determined to be minimal on the aquatic ecosystem. These effects are considered in making factual determinations in the findings of compliance and non-compliance. 8.2.1 Substrate The proposed waste area expansion will result in fill placed into streams and wetlands. Proper sediment and erosion control devices will be installed prior to and during construction to ensure that the bottom elevation of remaining streams and wetlands on the property will not change. 8.2.2 Suspended Particulate/Turbidity (Sediment and Erosion Control) During construction activities on the site, there may be an increase in suspended particulates that would lead to increased turbidity downstream. Sight-dependent aquatic species may suffer reduced feeding ability leading to limited growth and lowered resistance to disease if high levels of suspended particulates persist. The biological and the chemical content of the suspended material may react with the dissolved oxygen in the water, which can result in oxygen depletion. Toxic metals and organics, pathogens, and viruses absorbed or adsorbed to fine-grained particulates in the material may become biologically available to organisms either in the water column or on the substrate. (Sub-Part C of the 40 C.F.R. 230) Significant increases in suspended particulate levels create turbid plumes which are highly visible and aesthetically displeasing. However, the increase in turbidity is anticipated to be minimal and temporary due to the installation and maintenance of proper temporary sediment and erosion control measures during construction. and continuing until permanent installation of the stormwater treatment ponds and grading is complete. The DWR and DEMLR Land Quality Section will receive a copy of approved construction sediment and erosion control plans for review and approval. Final stormwater control measures constructed to treat runoff from mine tailings will be designed to pass the 100-yr 14 24-hour flood event, which is greater than the state required 25-yr 24-hr required. Additional floating risers (Faircloth skimmers) will be used with the intention of maximum water clarity during stormwater discharge, allowing fine particulates to settle into the basin prior to release into receiving waters. 8.2.3 Water Quality The proposed project should not cause increased chemical contamination levels within the aquatic ecosystem. Specifically, changes in clarity, color, odor, and taste of water in addition to possible chemical contamination shall be minimized or reduced. Sibelco will be concurrently applying for a DWR 401 Water Quality Certification. Sibelco’s West School House mine currently maintains Stormwater General NPDES Permit No. NCG020795 that is due for 5-year renewal on September 30, 2020. The activates proposed in this joint 404/401 permit application will require modifications to the current Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan as required by the NPDES permit. The NPDES permit requires stringent monitoring and sampling regime to assure water quality standards are maintained. 8.2.4 Current Patterns in Water Circulation The proposed project will modify current water circulation patterns by obstructing flow, changing direction or velocity of water, and changing velocity or flow of circulation in the channels proposed for impact; however, mitigation in the form of payment to the Division of Mitigation Services (DMS) with mitigate for these impacts. Section 7.1 describes the NCDMS mitigation proposal. The channel below the waste area will continue to receive treated stormwater discharges and groundwater influences. 8.2.5 Normal Water Fluctuations The proposed project will modify normal water fluctuations in the channels proposed for impact; however, mitigation in the form of payment to DMS will mitigate for these impacts. Section 7.1 describes the NCDMS mitigation proposal. 8.2.6 Salinity Because this project is located inland and away from tidally influenced waters and wetlands, no modification to the salinity of on-site or adjacent waters is expected. The stormwater discharge from the site is not expected to increase or decrease the salinity of receiving waters. 8.3 Potential Impacts to Biological Characteristics of the Ecosystem Sub-Part D of the 40 C.F.R. 230 guidelines specify three areas of concern in which disposal of dredge and fill material can affect the biological components of the ecosystem. These components are threatened and endangered species, fish, crustaceans, mollusks, other aquatic organisms in the food web, and wildlife. 8.3.1 Threatened or Endangered Species Expansion of the waste area has the potential to negatively affect the habitat of threatened and endangered plant and animal species. CEC performed a survey and habitat assessment for federally protected species within the project area. A description of federally protected species and their habitats, as well as habitats observed on site are included in Appendix B. Listed species have not been 15 observed on site. It is the opinion of CEC that federally protected species are not likely to be present within the project boundary. As such, the Ollis Waste Area Expansion is not likely to cause an adverse impact to any federally threatened or endangered species or their critical habitat. A discussion of threatened and endangered species is found in Section 3.5 of this application. 8.3.2 Fishes, Crustaceans, Mollusks, and other Aquatic Organisms in the Food Web The excavation of hillslopes, placement of fill in headwater streams and wetlands, and other similar alterations to watershed hydrology can alter the food web by impacting invertebrates that make up the basis of aquatic food chains. Temporary increases in turbidity may negatively the aquatic food web. These modifications may contribute to the decline of sensitive species and the proliferation of more tolerant and exotic invasive species as ecosystems recover from disturbances. Impacts to primary food chain production within the waters of the US and wetlands will occur on the project site; however, mitigation in the form of payment to NCDMS will mitigate for these impacts. Impacts to primary food chain production are expected to be minimal due to the use of proper sediment and erosion control measured during construction as well as stormwater control measures installed to treat runoff from the tailings. Stormwater Control Measures will employ Faircloth skimmers for discharge into receiving waters which will reduce the turbidity of stormwater discharge. 8.3.3 Other Wildlife Excavation has the potential to negatively affect breeding and nesting areas, escape cover, travel corridors, and preferred food sources for resident and migrant wildlife species due to light and sound disturbances, dust from land disturbed areas, tree and brush removal, and human activity. Although evidence of wildlife usage was apparent on the reclaimed portions of the site due to connectivity with adjacent intact forested areas, denuded vegetation, and anthropogenic activity within the West School House and Ollis active mine dump areas make these reclaimed edge areas and marginal habitats are less desirable for resident and migrant wildlife. While a loss of wildlife habitat for wetland and stream-dependent species may result from construction of the project, the proposed mitigation payment to DMS mitigates for loss of this habitat. 8.4 Potential Impacts on Special Aquatic Sites Sub-Part E of the 40 C.F.R. 230 guidelines address considerations for potential impacts on special aquatic sites, which include: sanctuaries and refuges, wetlands, mud flats, vegetated shallows, coral reefs, and riffle-pool complexes. 8.4.1 Sanctuaries and Refuges Excavation and fill have the potential to negatively affect adjacent sanctuaries and wildlife refuges by impacting water quality, decreasing wildlife habitat, increasing human access, and creating the need for frequent maintenance activity, resulting in the establishment of undesirable plant and animal species, which can change the balance of habitat type. Impacts to sanctuaries or refuges will not occur as a result of the Ollis Waste Area Expansion 16 8.4.2 Wetlands Excavation and fill have the potential to adversely affect wetlands including wetland substrate, hydrology, and vegetation. Excavation can lead to a loss of wetland values, such as wildlife habitat, flood storage, and groundwater recharge. The Ollis waste area expansion will impact 0.274 acres of wetlands on site. Due to the quality of wetlands and amount of wetland impacts associated with the proposed project, wetland impacts will be offset by the proposed mitigation payment to DMS. Further discussion of wetland quality is in Section 5.1 Table 3 and Table 4. 8.4.3 Mud Flats Excavation has the potential to negatively affect mud flats that exist along inland lakes, ponds, and riverine systems. There are no mud flat communities within the project boundary; therefore, loss of these ecosystems will not occur as a result of the Ollis Waste Area Expansion. 8.4.4 Vegetated Shallows Vegetated shallows are permanently inundated areas that contain rooted aquatic vegetation. This type of habitat generally exists within estuarine and marine environments, and some freshwater lakes and rivers. No vegetated shallow habitats exist within the project boundary; therefore, no impacts to this ecosystem will occur as a result of the Ollis Waste Area Expansion. 8.4.5 Coral Reefs Coral reefs typically exist within marine ecosystems. Coral reefs do not exist within the project boundary; therefore, no impacts to this ecosystem will occur as a result of the Ollis Waste Area Expansion. 8.4.6 Riffle-Pool Complexes Excavation of riffle-pool complexes has the potential to negatively affect water quality and wildlife value. Any permanent impact to riffle-pool complexes will be mitigated for through payment into DMS. 8.5 Potential Effects on Human Use Characteristics Sub-Part F of the 40 C.F.R. 230 guidelines address potential effects on human use of wetlands and waterways. Factors including water supply, recreational and commercial fisheries, water-related recreation, aesthetics, and parks and similar preserves are considered within this portion of the guidelines. 8.5.1 Municipal and Private Water Supply The public water supply will not increase or decrease due to proposed activities within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary. 8.5.2 Recreational and Commercial Fisheries Excavation has the potential to negatively affect recreational and commercial fisheries. Streams and wetlands on site are not a part of any recreational or commercial fishery. In addition, access to the site by the general public is prohibited, eliminating any recreational fisheries opportunities on site. The Ollis Waste Area Expansion will not adversely impact recreational or commercial fisheries. 17 8.5.3 Water-Related Recreation Proposed activities within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary will not increase or decrease waterborne recreation in the project vicinity. Access to the site by the general public is prohibited, eliminating any water-related recreational opportunities on site. 8.5.4 Aesthetics The proposed project site is within the boundary of an operational mine. Ollis Waste Area Expansion is not expected to increase or diminish the aesthetic value of the area or cause disharmony from an aerial or neighboring view. 8.5.5 Parks, National and Historical Monuments, National Beach Shores, Wilderness Areas, Research Sites, and Similar Preserves No areas as described above are present within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary. 8.6 Summary Based on the EPA guidelines identified within 40 C.F.R. 230, and enumerated herein, a number of potential environmental impacts have been presented and subsequently addressed. The proposed permanent impact to 347 linear feet of streams and 0.274 acres of wetlands will not cause off site adverse impacts. Proposed mitigation will compensate for on-site impacts. 18 9.0 PUBLIC INTEREST CONSIDERATIONS Pursuant to 33 C.F.R. 323.6, a determination that the project is not contrary to the public interest must be achieved before permit issuance. Public interest considerations are listed in 33 C.F.R. 320.4 (a)(1) and are discussed below. In considering the public interest, the Corps must evaluate the probable impacts of the project and evaluate the “benefits which reasonably may be expected to occur from the proposal against reasonably foreseeable detriments.” In balancing these interests, the Corps must consider the public and private need for the proposed project, the practicability of using reasonable alternative locations, and the extent and permanence of the beneficial and/or detrimental impacts of the project. The Corps also considers the following public interest factors: Conservation, economics, aesthetics, general environmental concerns, wetlands, historic and cultural resources, fish and wildlife values, flood hazards, floodplain values, land use, navigation, shore erosion and accretion, recreation, water supply and water quality, energy needs, safety, food and fiber production, mineral needs, and considerations of the property ownership. Furthermore, the Corps regulations enacted in 33 CFR Part 320 General Regulatory Policies Section 320.4 (a)(1) state that a permit will be granted unless the district engineer determines that it would be contrary to the public interest. Sibelco has evaluated the following public interest factors and believes that the proposed project is not contrary to the public interest. 9.1 Conservation The applicant is not proposing preservation as a component of the project; however, those projects completed by DMS in association with this project will be preserved in perpetuity. 9.2 Economics Sibelco operates the Brushy Creek Mine and Hawkins Mine along with the Crystal, Quartz, Red Hill and Schoolhouse processing facilities all within the Spruce Pine Mining District, which employs approximately 350 people in the Spruce Pine area as well as regionally. Mining provides an overall benefit to the local economy of the area in the form of stable employment for workers which utilize other local service industries and consumer store fronts, as well as through local land taxes and income and sales taxes invested within the community. 9.3 Aesthetics The proposed project site is within the boundary of an operational mine. A portion of the road frontage for the has been reclaimed and reforested since cessation of the original mining activities. The Ollis Waste Area Expansion is expected to moderately diminish the aesthetic value of the area along the road frontage, aerial and neighboring view will be modified, but will not be inconsistent with existing neighboring land uses. 9.4 General Environmental Concerns Other than stream and wetland impacts, and wildlife habitat, the proposed development activities within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary will not have significant impacts upon other general environmental components. 19 9.5 Wetlands Excavation and fill have the potential to adversely affect wetlands including wetland substrate, hydrology, and vegetation. Excavation can lead to a loss of wetland values, such as wildlife habitat, flood storage, and groundwater recharge. The Ollis waste area expansion will impact 0.274 acres of wetlands on site. Due to the quality of wetlands and amount of wetland impacts associated with the proposed project, wetland impacts will be offset by the proposed mitigation payment to DMS. Further discussion of wetland quality is in Section 5.1 Table 3. 9.6 Historic Properties A desk review of the National Register of Historic Places records maintained by the State Historic Preservation Office (SHPO) indicates that there are no sites within 2 miles of the Ollis Waste Area Expansion. Several historic properties are in Spruce Pine in Linville. The SHPO will be notified via Public Notice about the projects and will be given the opportunity to comment on the project and its potential effects on archaeological and cultural resources. 9.7 Fish and Wildlife Values Fish and wildlife utilize the forested and riparian habitat within the proposed project boundary, however because the project area is within the boundaries of an operational mine, wildlife habitat is marginal. Noise pollution, denuded vegetation, and anthropogenic activity make this area less desirable for resident and migrant wildlife. Impacts to these systems will occur at the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project site; however, adequate avoidance, minimization, and compensatory mitigation will compensate for lost functions and values. 9.8 Flood Hazards It is likely that some tributaries on the project sites will flood occasionally due to natural fluctuations in weather patterns that increase precipitation. The activities taking place within the project boundaries are not expected to increase or decrease the natural rate of flooding at the sites or downstream. 9.9 Floodplain Values The location of the proposed project has a minimal risk of flooding and is located within the Zone of Minimal Flood Hazard (Figure 7). Designated floodplains are not present within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary; however, a FEMA designated floodplain is within 250 feet downstream from the proposed project boundary. Figure 7 depicts the FEMA Map Panel 3710180000K effective date Feb. 4, 2009). Flood stages and frequencies should not increase or decrease as a result of the activities taking place within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary. 9.10 Land Use The proposed project will be in compliance with local zoning regulations and ordinances. The project is consistent with surrounding land use and development. 9.11 Navigation Streams within the project boundary include unnamed tributaries to Brushy Creek which is a tributary to the North Toe River. The North Toe River flows into the Nolichucky River, which is a tributary to the French Broad River. The French Broad River is a navigable-in-fact water at the Wilson Bridge southeast of Brevard. No development will 20 occur within navigable waters and no activities proposed within the West School House Mine Expansion project boundary are anticipated to affect navigation. 9.12 Shore Erosion and Accretion Proposed activities within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project will not increase or decrease shore erosion and accretion. 9.13 Recreation Proposed activities within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary will not increase or decrease recreation. 9.14 Water Supply and Conservation The public water supply will not increase or decrease due to proposed activities within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary. 9.15 Water Quality (Stormwater Management) The proposed project should not cause increased chemical contamination levels within the aquatic ecosystem. No short term or long-term adverse water quality impacts are anticipated. Accumulated water in the mining pit will be treated by stormwater control measures (SCMs) at the site. Sibelco will be concurrently applying for a DWR Water Quality Certification. 9.16 Energy Needs Energy needs will not increase or decrease due to proposed activities within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary. Energy will not be produced as a result of the proposed activities within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary. 9.17 Safety The proposed project will be designed with the maximum possible considerations for public safety. The proposed activities at the Ollis Waste Area Expansion site will not increase or decrease public safety. Access to the site by the general public is prohibited, eliminating any threat to public safety. 9.18 Food and Fiber Production The proposed activities within Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary will not increase or decrease food and fiber production. 9.19 Mineral Needs The proposed project fulfills current mineral needs; Sibelco’s West School House Mine is a producer of high-purity quartz used in the manufacture of semiconductors, solar panels, fiber optics, high end lighting, and crucibles. Any activity completed in support of the mine and their existing operations will promote mineral production at the site. 9.20 Considerations of Property Ownership Sibelco owns the property proposed for development and has the inherent right to develop the land in a reasonable and responsible manner, which includes adhering to all Federal, State, and local regulations. Physical Address: Sibelco North America, Inc. 107 Harris Mining Road Spruce Pine, NC 28777 21 Applicant Mailing Address: Sibelco North America, Inc. 136 Crystal Drive Spruce Pine, NC 28777 9.21 Needs and Welfare of the Public The project will positively address the needs and welfare of the public by promoting mineral production and economic growth in the community of Spruce Pine, Mitchell and Avery Counties, North Carolina. 22 10.0 SECONDARY AND CUMULATIVE EFFECTS The Ollis Waste Area Expansion project site is located within the Nolichucky River Subbasin 06010108. Approximately 81 percent of this subbasin is forested and the total land mass includes approximately 630 square miles (403,200 acres). The Ollis Waste Area Expansion project site is comprised of approximately 56 acres (0.09 square miles), and the source material for the waste area includes the West School House Mine, 128 acres (or 0.2 square miles), for a combined area of 184 acres or 0.29 square miles. The area of disturbance accounts for less than 0.04 percent of the Nolichucky River Subbasin. The significant cumulative effects on the watershed due to the expansion of the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project is limited to the project area and the area containing the waste source material, and downstream cumulative effects on water quality. Past activities within the subbasin include logging, agricultural and residential development, road building, and mining. Agricultural and residential development, and road building in the vicinity remains active; however, continued and future development of the watershed is independent of activities proposed at the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project site. Impacts within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary include the expansion of the existing mine pit and excavation of streams and wetlands with the expansion boundary. Avoidance and minimization activities have lessened impacts associated with the relocation and its effects cumulatively on the watershed will be minimal. Activity within the Ollis Waste Area Expansion project boundary should not result in impairment of the water resources on site or interfere with the productivity and water quality of the existing aquatic ecosystem in combination with other discharges in the watershed. 23 11.0 SUMMARY Sibelco proposes to impact 347 linear feet of stream channels and 0.274 acre of wetlands to facilitate the expansion of an existing waste area at the Ollis Waste Area. The project, known as the Ollis Waste Area Expansion, will impact streams and wetlands with fill within the proposed expansion boundary. Alternatives have been evaluated and the proposed project is the most practical and preferred alternative. Avoidance and minimization have reduced impacts to the site. Potential impacts to the physical and chemical characteristics of the ecosystem, biological characteristic of the ecosystem, impacts on special aquatic sites, and potential effects on human use characteristics will be minimal. The project is not contrary to the public interest and will aid in the continuation of the mining industry that helps support the local economy in Spruce Pine. Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 2 41 Miles Legend Project Boundary 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Vicinity MapFigure 1Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 1.14.20; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 0.5 10.25 Miles Legend Project Boundary 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 USGS Topographic QuadLinville Falls QuadFigure 2 Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Sibelco- Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Project Boundary 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Aerial PhotographNCCGIA (2018)Figure 3 Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Px Ua CeE WaD WaDCuACeE WaD WaD CeE CeE CeE Sibelco- Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Project Boundary Soil CeE - Chandler-Micaville complex CuA - Cullowhee loam Px - Pits, quarries Ua - Udorthents-Urban land complex WaD - Watauga sandy loam complex 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 USDA Soil MapNRCS Web Soil SurveyFigure 4 Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Wetland Impact 1 W2 (0.049AC) Wetland Impact 3 W17 (0.19 AC) Wetland Impact 2 W16 (0.035 AC) Stream Impact 1 S2 Intermittent (197 LF)Brushy CreekBasin OL-3 Basin OL-2B Stream Impact 2 S3 Intermittent (150 LF) Basin OL-1(Existing) Basin OL-2A Ü 0 250 500 750125 Feet Legend Project Boundary (56.9 AC) Sediment Control Pond (Non-Jurisdictional) Jurisdictional Wetland Non-Jurisdictional Wetland Perennial Stream Intermittent Stream Existing Mining Permit Boundary 06-03 Impact Boundary Proposed Fill Contours (5ft) Proposed Pond Contours (5ft) 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Ollis Waste AreaImpact MapFigure 5 Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.27.2020; CEC Project #671 Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Total Project Area 56.9 AC Streams 957 LF Wetlands 0.328 AC Open Water 0 AC Streams 347 LF Wetlands 0.274 AC Open Water 0 AC Streams 610 LF Wetlands 0.054 AC Open Water 0 AC Streams (NC DMS) 347 LF Wetlands (NC DMS) 0.274 AC Open Water N/A Mitigation Jurisdictional Waters of the US Jurisidictional Impacts Avoidance/Minimization Brushy CreekÜ 0 500 1,000 1,500250 Feet Legend Onsite Alternative Boundary Mining Permit Boundary 06-03 Jurisdictional Wetland Non-Jurisdictional Wetland Sediment Control Pond (Non-Jurisdictional) Impact Minimization of Onsite Alternative Contours - 5' (Existing) Contours - 25' (Existing) Pond Contours (Proposed) Onsite Alternaitve Impact Boundary Perennial Stream Intermittent Stream 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Ollis Waste AreaOnsite AlternativeFigure 5 A Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.31.2020; CEC Project #671 Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Total Project Area 56.3 AC Streams 957 LF Wetlands 0.328 AC Open Water 0 AC Streams 779 LF Wetlands 0.328 AC Open Water 0 AC Streams 178 LF Wetlands 0.000 AC Open Water 0 AC Streams (NC DMS) 779 LF Wetlands (NC DMS) 0.328 AC Open Water N/A Jurisdictional Waters of the US Jurisidictional Impacts Avoidance/Minimization Mitigation BasinOL-3 BasinOL-2B BasinOL-1(Existing) BasinOL-2A Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 10.5 Miles 32 Clayton St Asheville, North Carolina 28801 Alternatives Overview Figure 6Henderson County, North Carolina Drawn by: AKT Date; 7.14.2020 CEC Project #671 Preferred Alternative Legend Ollis Waste Area Expansion Project Alternative Area Sibelco-Owned Parcels Rivers and Streams Alternative 3 Alternative 2 Alternative 1 School House Mine Processing Plant Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Alternative 2 Area Alternative Parcel Boundary Project Boundary Streams; Avery County Soil Survey 20' Contours 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Alternative 1Figure 6AAvery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Alternative Location 1 PIN #: 181100567006 +/- 50 Acres Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Alternative 2 Area 20' Contours Streams; Avery County Soil Survey Flood Hazard Zones Zone Type 1% Annual Chance Flood Hazard Regulatory Floodway Special Floodway Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard 0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard Future Conditions 1% Annual Chance Flood Hazard Area with Reduced Risk Due to Levee 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Alternative 2Figure 6BAvery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 2.6.2020; CEC Project# 671 Alternative Location 2 PIN #: 181100567006 +/- 258 Acres Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Alternative Parcel Boundary County Parcel Data Streams; Avery County Soil Survey 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Alternative 3Figure 6CAvery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 2.6.2020; CEC Project# 671 Alternative Location 3 PIN #: 181100046949 +/- 87.5 Acres Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Flood Hazard Zones Zone Type 1% Annual Chance Flood Hazard Regulatory Floodway Special Floodway Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard 0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard Future Conditions 1% Annual Chance Flood Hazard Area with Reduced Risk Due to Levee 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 FEMA Floodplain MapFIRM Panel 3710180000K Effective 2/4/2009Figure 7 Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.20; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Appendix A: Revised Approved Jurisdictional Determination Request (Action ID: 2019-01042) Jurisdictional Determination Request Version: May 2017 Page 1 This form is intended for use by anyone requesting a jurisdictional determination (JD) from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Wilmington District (Corps). Please include all supporting information, as described within each category, with your request. You may submit your request via mail, electronic mail, or facsimile. Requests should be sent to the appropriate project manager of the county in which the property is located. A current list of project managers by assigned counties can be found on-line at: http://www.saw.usace.army.mil/Missions/RegulatoryPermitProgram/Contact/CountyLocator.aspx, by calling 910-251-4633, or by contacting any of the field offices listed below. Once your request is received you will be contacted by a Corps project manager. ASHEVILLE & CHARLOTTE REGULATORY FIELDOFFICES US ArmyCorps of Engineers 151 Patton Avenue,Room 208 Asheville, North Carolina28801-5006 GeneralNumber: (828) 271-7980 Fax Number: (828) 281-8120 RALEIGHREGULATORYFIELDOFFICE US ArmyCorps of Engineers 3331 Heritage Trade Drive, Suite 105 Wake Forest, North Carolina27587 GeneralNumber: (919) 554-4884 Fax Number: (919) 562-0421 WASHINGTONREGULATORYFIELDOFFICE US ArmyCorps of Engineers 2407 West Fifth Street Washington, North Carolina27889 GeneralNumber: (910) 251-4610 Fax Number: (252) 975-1399 WILMINGTONREGULATORYFIELDOFFICE US ArmyCorps of Engineers 69 Darlington Avenue Wilmington, North Carolina 28403 GeneralNumber:910-251-4633 Fax Number: (910) 251-4025 INSTRUCTIONS: All requestors must complete Parts A, B, C, D, E, F and G. NOTE TO CONSULTANTS AND AGENCIES: If you are requesting a JD on behalf of a paying client or your agency, please note the specific submittal requirements in Part H. NOTE ON PART D – PROPERTY OWNER AUTHORIZATION: Please be aware that all JD requests must include the current property owner authorization for the Corps to proceed with the determination, which may include inspection of the property when necessary. This form must be signed by the current property owner(s) or the owner(s) authorized agent to be considered a complete request. NOTE ON PART D - NCDOT REQUESTS: Property owner authorization/notification for JD requests associated with North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) projects will be conducted according to the current NCDOT/USACE protocols. NOTE TO USDA PROGRAM PARTICIPANTS: A Corps approved or preliminary JD may not be valid for the wetland conservation provisions of the Food Security Act of 1985. If you or your tenant are USDA Program participants, or anticipate participation in USDA programs, you should also request a certified wetland determination from the local office of the Natural Resources Conservation Service, prior to starting work. Jurisdictional Determination Request Version: May 2017 Page 2 A. PARCEL INFORMATION Street Address: _______________________________________________ City, State: _______________________________________________ County: Parcel Index Number(s) (PIN): B. REQUESTORINFORMATION Name: Mailing Address: _________________________________________ Telephone Number: _________________________________________ Electronic Mail Address: ________________________________________ Select one: I am the current property owner. I am an Authorized Agent or Environmental Consultant 1 Interested Buyer or Under Contract to Purchase Other, please explain. ________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ C. PROPERTY OWNER INFORMATION 2 Name: Mailing Address: Telephone Number: Electronic Mail Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1 Must provide completed Agent Authorization Form/Letter. 2 Documentation of ownership also needs to be provided with request (copy of Deed, County GIS/Parcel/Tax Record). 900 State Rd 1101 Spruce Pine, NC Avery County 1811-00-56-7006-00000 ClearWater Environmental Consultants 32 Clayton Street Asheville, NC 28801 828-698-9800 tyson@cwenv.com Sibelco North America, Inc. 6000 Fairview Rd. Ste. 350 Charlotte, NC 28210 828-765-4283 Douglas.Myers@sibelco.com ✔ Jurisdictional Determination Request Version: May 2017 Page 3 D. PROPERTY ACCESS CERTIFICATION 3,4 By signing below, I authorize representatives of the Wilmington District, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) to enter upon the property herein described for the purpose of conducting on- site investigations, if necessary, and issuing a jurisdictional determination pursuant to Section 404 of the Clean Water Act and/or Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899. I, the undersigned, am either a duly authorized owner of record of the property identified herein, or acting as the duly authorized agent of the owner of record of the property. Print Name Capacity: Owner Authorized Agent5 Date Signature E. REASON FOR JD REQUEST:(Check as many as applicable) I intend to construct/develop a project or perform activities on this parcel which would be designed to avoid all aquatic resources. I intend to construct/develop a project or perform activities on this parcel which would be designed to avoid all jurisdictional aquatic resources underCorpsauthority. I intendto construct/develop a project or perform activities on this parcelwhich may require authorization from the Corps, andthe JDwould beusedto avoid and minimize impacts tojurisdictional aquatic resources and as aninitialstep in a future permitting process. I intendto construct/develop a project or perform activities on this parcelwhich may require authorization from the Corps; this request is accompanied by my permit application and the JD is to be used in the permitting process. I intendto construct/develop a project or perform activities in a navigable water of the U.S. which is included on the district Section 10 list and/or is subject to the ebb and flow of the tide. A Corps JD is required in order obtain my local/state authorization. I intend to contest jurisdiction over a particular aquatic resource and request the Corps confirm that jurisdiction does/does not exist over the aquatic resource on the parcel. I believe that the site may be comprised entirely of dry land. Other:___________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ 3 For NCDOT requests following the current NCDOT/USACE protocols, skip to Part E. 4 If there are multiple parcels owned by different parties, please provide the following for each additional parcel on a continuation sheet. 5 Must provide agent authorization form/letter signed by owner(s). See Attached Agent Authorization ✔ ✔ Jurisdictional Determination Request Version: May 2017 Page 4 F. JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION (JD) TYPE (Select One) I am requesting that the Corps provide a preliminary JD for the property identified herein. A Preliminary Jurisdictional Determination (PJD) provides an indication that there may be “waters of the United States” or “navigable waters of the United States”on a property. PJDs are sufficient as the basis for permit decisions. For the purposes of permitting, all waters and wetlands on the property will be treated as if they are jurisdictional “waters of the United States”. PJDs cannot be appealed (33 C.F.R. 331.2); however, a PJD is “preliminary” in the sense that an approved JD can be requested at any time. PJDs do not expire. I am requesting that the Corps provide an approved JD for the property identified herein. An Approved Jurisdictional Determination (AJD) is a determination that jurisdictional “waters of the United States” or “navigable waters of the United States” are either present or absent on a site. An approved JD identifies the limits of waters on a site determined to be jurisdictional under the Clean Water Act and/or Rivers and Harbors Act. Approved JDs are sufficient as the basis for permit decisions. AJDs are appealable (33 C.F.R. 331.2). The results of the AJD will be posted on the Corps website. A landowner, permit applicant, or other “affected party” (33 C.F.R. 331.2) who receives an AJD may rely upon the AJD for five years (subject to certain limited exceptions explained in Regulatory Guidance Letter 05- 02). I am unclear as to which JD I would like to request and require additional information to inform my decision. G. ALL REQUESTS Map of Property or Project Area. This Map must clearly depict the boundaries of the review area. Size of Property or Review Area acres. The property boundary (or review area boundary) is clearly physically marked on the site. +/- 56 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Jurisdictional Determination Request Version: May 2017 Page 5 H. REQUESTS FROM CONSULTANTS Project Coordinates (Decimal Degrees): Latitude: ______________________ Longitude: ______________________ A legible delineation map depicting the aquatic resources and the property/review area. Delineation maps must be no larger than 11x17 and should contain the following: (Corps signature of submitted survey plats will occur after the submitted delineation map has been reviewed and approved).6 North Arrow Graphical Scale Boundary of Review Area Date Location of data points for each Wetland Determination Data Form or tributary assessment reach. For Approved Jurisdictional Determinations: Jurisdictional wetland features should be labeled as Wetland Waters of the US, 404 wetlands, etc. Please include the acreage of these features. Jurisdictional non-wetland features (i.e. tidal/navigable waters, tributaries, impoundments) should be labeled as Non-Wetland Waters of the US, stream, tributary, open water, relatively permanent water, pond, etc. Please include the acreage or linear length of each of these features as appropriate. Isolated waters, waters that lack a significant nexus to navigable waters, or non- jurisdictional upland features should be identified as Non-Jurisdictional. Please include a justification in the label regarding why the feature is non-jurisdictional (i.e. “Isolated”, “No Significant Nexus”, or “Upland Feature”). Please include the acreage or linear length of these features as appropriate. For Preliminary Jurisdictional Determinations: Wetland and non-wetland features should not be identified as Jurisdictional, 404, Waters of the United States, or anything that implies jurisdiction. These features can be identified as Potential Waters of the United States, Potential Non-wetland Waters of the United States, wetland, stream, open water, etc. Please include the acreage and linear length of these features as appropriate. Completed Wetland Determination Data Forms for appropriate region (at least one wetland and one upland form needs to be completed for each wetland type) ____________________________________________________________________________ 6 Please refer to the guidance document titled “Survey Standards for Jurisdictional Determinations” to ensure that the supplied map meets the necessary mapping standards.http://www.saw.usace.army.mil/Missions/Regulatory-Permit- Program/Jurisdiction/ 35.955004 -81.982874 ✔ ✔ ✔ Jurisdictional Determination Request Version: May 2017 Page 6 Completed appropriate Jurisdictional Determination form x PJDs,please complete a Preliminary Jurisdictional Determination Form7 and include the Aquatic Resource Table x AJDs, please complete an Approved Jurisdictional Determination Form 8 Vicinity Map Aerial Photograph USGS Topographic Map Soil Survey Map Other Maps, as appropriate (e.g. National Wetland Inventory Map, Proposed Site Plan, previous delineation maps, LIDAR maps, FEMA floodplain maps) Landscape Photos (if taken) NCSAM and/or NCWAM Assessment Forms and Rating Sheets NC Division of Water Resources Stream Identification Forms Other Assessment Forms _____________________________________________________________________________ 7 www.saw.usace.army.mil/Portals/59/docs/regulatory/regdocs/JD/RGL_08-02_App_A_Prelim_JD_Form_fillable.pdf 8 Please see http://www.saw.usace.army.mil/Missions/Regulatory-Permit-Program/Jurisdiction/ Principal Purpose:The information thatyouprovide will beusedinevaluating your requestto determine whether thereareany aquatic resources within the project areasubjecttofederaljurisdictionunder the regulatory authorities referencedabove. RoutineUses:Thisinformation maybeshared with the Departmentof Justice andotherfederal, state,and local government agencies, and the public,andmaybe made available aspartof a public notice as required byfederal law. Your nameandproperty location wherefederal jurisdiction is to bedetermined will beincluded in the approved jurisdictional determination (AJD),which will bemade available tothe public on the District's website andontheHeadquartersUSAGEwebsite. Disclosure:Submission ofrequested information is voluntary; however, ifinformation is notprovided, the requestforanAJD cannot beevaluatednorcananAJD be issued. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ APPROVED JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION FORM U.S. Army Corps of Engineers This form should be completed by following the instructions provided in Section IV of the JD Form Instructional Guidebook. SECTION I: BACKGROUND INFORMATION A. REPORT COMPLETION DATE FOR APPROVED JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION (JD): 7/20/2020 B. DISTRICT OFFICE, FILE NAME, AND NUMBER: CESAW-RG-A C. PROJECT LOCATION AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION: State:NC County/parish/borough: Avery County City: Spruce Pine Center coordinates of site (lat/long in degree decimal format): Lat. 35.955004° N, Long. -81.982874° W. Universal Transverse Mercator: 17S 411364.25 3979404.16 Name of nearest waterbody: Brushy Creek Name of nearest Traditional Navigable Water (TNW) into which the aquatic resource flows: North Toe River Name of watershed or Hydrologic Unit Code (HUC): French Broad - 06010108 Check if map/diagram of review area and/or potential jurisdictional areas is/are available upon request. Check if other sites (e.g., offsite mitigation sites, disposal sites, etc…) are associated with this action and are recorded on a different JD form. D. REVIEW PERFORMED FOR SITE EVALUATION (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY): Office (Desk) Determination. Date: Field Determination. Date(s): March 21, 2019 SECTION II: SUMMARY OF FINDINGS A. RHA SECTION 10 DETERMINATION OF JURISDICTION. There Are no “navigable waters of the U.S.” within Rivers and Harbors Act (RHA) jurisdiction (as defined by 33 CFR part 329) in the review area. [Required] Waters subject to the ebb and flow of the tide. Waters are presently used, or have been used in the past, or may be susceptible for use to transport interstate or foreign commerce. Explain: . B. CWA SECTION 404 DETERMINATION OF JURISDICTION. There Are “waters of the U.S.” within Clean Water Act (CWA) jurisdiction (as defined by 33 CFR part 328) in the review area. [Required] 1. Waters of the U.S. a. Indicate presence of waters of U.S. in review area (check all that apply): 1 TNWs, including territorial seas Wetlands adjacent to TNWs Relatively permanent waters2 (RPWs) that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs Non-RPWs that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs Wetlands directly abutting RPWs that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs Wetlands adjacent to but not directly abutting RPWs that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs Wetlands adjacent to non-RPWs that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs Impoundments of jurisdictional waters Isolated (interstate or intrastate) waters, including isolated wetlands b. Identify (estimate) size of waters of the U.S. in the review area: Non-wetland waters: 957 linear feet: 4-7width (ft) and/or acres. Wetlands: 0.328 acres. c. Limits (boundaries) of jurisdiction based on: 1987 Delineation Manual Elevation of established OHWM (if known): . 2. Non-regulated waters/wetlands (check if applicable):3 Potentially jurisdictional waters and/or wetlands were assessed within the review area and determined to be not jurisdictional. Explain: An AJD was issued 11/6/2019 for the sediment control pond (SC-4) and a non-regulated wetland related to mining (W15) within the review area (Action ID: 2019-01042). This updated AJD request is for wetlands W3, W4, W5, W6, W7, W8, W10, and W12 which are non-jurisdictional under the Navigable Water Protection Rule (effective 7/1/2020). 1 Boxes checked below shall be supported by completing the appropriate sections in Section III below. 2 For purposes of this form, an RPW is defined as a tributary that is not a TNW and that typically flows year-round or has continuous flow at least “seasonally” (e.g., typically 3 months). 3 Supporting documentation is presented in Section III.F. SECTION III: CWA ANALYSIS A. TNWs AND WETLANDS ADJACENT TO TNWs The agencies will assert jurisdiction over TNWs and wetlands adjacent to TNWs. If the aquatic resource is a TNW, complete Section III.A.1 and Section III.D.1. only; if the aquatic resource is a wetland adjacent to a TNW, complete Sections III.A.1 and 2 and Section III.D.1.; otherwise, see Section III.B below. 1. TNW Identify TNW: . Summarize rationale supporting determination: . 2. Wetland adjacent to TNW Summarize rationale supporting conclusion that wetland is “adjacent”: . B. CHARACTERISTICS OF TRIBUTARY (THAT IS NOT A TNW) AND ITS ADJACENT WETLANDS (IF ANY): This section summarizes information regarding characteristics of the tributary and its adjacent wetlands, if any, and it helps determine whether or not the standards for jurisdiction established under Rapanos have been met. The agencies will assert jurisdiction over non-navigable tributaries of TNWs where the tributaries are “relatively permanent waters” (RPWs), i.e. tributaries that typically flow year-round or have continuous flow at least seasonally (e.g., typically 3 months). A wetland that directly abuts an RPW is also jurisdictional. If the aquatic resource is not a TNW, but has year-round (perennial) flow, skip to Section III.D.2. If the aquatic resource is a wetland directly abutting a tributary with perennial flow, skip to Section III.D.4. A wetland that is adjacent to but that does not directly abut an RPW requires a significant nexus evaluation. Corps districts and EPA regions will include in the record any available information that documents the existence of a significant nexus between a relatively permanent tributary that is not perennial (and its adjacent wetlands if any) and a traditional navigable water, even though a significant nexus finding is not required as a matter of law. If the waterbody4 is not an RPW, or a wetland directly abutting an RPW, a JD will require additional data to determine if the waterbody has a significant nexus with a TNW. If the tributary has adjacent wetlands, the significant nexus evaluation must consider the tributary in combination with all of its adjacent wetlands. This significant nexus evaluation that combines, for analytical purposes, the tributary and all of its adjacent wetlands is used whether the review area identified in the JD request is the tributary, or its adjacent wetlands, or both. If the JD covers a tributary with adjacent wetlands, complete Section III.B.1 for the tributary, Section III.B.2 for any onsite wetlands, and Section III.B.3 for all wetlands adjacent to that tributary, both onsite and offsite. The determination whether a significant nexus exists is determined in Section III.C below. 1. Characteristics of non-TNWs that flow directly or indirectly into TNW (i) General Area Conditions: Watershed size: +/-1600 acres Drainage area: +/-130 acres Average annual rainfall: 53 inches Average annual snowfall: 13 inches (ii) Physical Characteristics: (a) Relationship with TNW: Tributary flows directly into TNW. Tributary flows through 2 tributaries before entering TNW. Project waters are 1-2 river miles from TNW. Project waters are 1 (or less) river miles from RPW. Project waters are 1-2 aerial (straight) miles from TNW. Project waters are 1 (or less) aerial (straight) miles from RPW. Project waters cross or serve as state boundaries. Explain: . Identify flow route to TNW5: . Waters flow from UT to Brushy Creek to the North Toe River 4 Note that the Instructional Guidebook contains additional information regarding swales, ditches, washes, and erosional features generally and in the arid West. 5 Flow route can be described by identifying, e.g., tributary a, which flows through the review area, to flow into tributary b, which then flows into TNW. . Tributary stream order, if known: 0 order. (b) General Tributary Characteristics (check all that apply): Tributary is: Natural Artificial (man-made). Explain: . Manipulated (man-altered). Explain: . Tributary properties with respect to top of bank (estimate): Average width: 4 feet Average depth: 2 feet Average side slopes: 2:1. Primary tributary substrate composition (check all that apply): Silts Sands Concrete Cobbles Gravel Muck Bedrock Vegetation. Type/% cover: Other. Explain: . Tributary condition/stability [e.g., highly eroding, sloughing banks]. Explain: . Presence of run/riffle/pool complexes. Explain: . Tributary geometry: Pick List Tributary gradient (approximate average slope): 10 % (c) Flow: Tributary provides for: Seasonal flow Estimate average number of flow events in review area/year: 20 (or greater) Describe flow regime: . Other information on duration and volume: . Surface flow is: Confined. Characteristics: Flow is confined by steep left/right streambanks. Subsurface flow: Unknown. Explain findings: . Dye (or other) test performed: . Tributary has (check all that apply): Bed and banks OHWM6 (check all indicators that apply): clear, natural line impressed on the bank the presence of litter and debris changes in the character of soil destruction of terrestrial vegetation shelving the presence of wrack line vegetation matted down, bent, or absent sediment sorting leaf litter disturbed or washed away scour sediment deposition multiple observed or predicted flow events water staining abrupt change in plant community other (list): Discontinuous OHWM.7 Explain: . If factors other than the OHWM were used to determine lateral extent of CWA jurisdiction (check all that apply): High Tide Line indicated by: Mean High Water Mark indicated by: oil or scum line along shore objects survey to available datum; fine shell or debris deposits (foreshore) physical markings; physical markings/characteristics vegetation lines/changes in vegetation types. tidal gauges other (list): (iii) Chemical Characteristics: Characterize tributary (e.g., water color is clear, discolored, oily film; water quality; general watershed characteristics, etc.). Explain: Water Color is clear. Identify specific pollutants, if known: N/A. 6A natural or man-made discontinuity in the OHWM does not necessarily sever jurisdiction (e.g., where the stream temporarily flows underground, or where the OHWM has been removed by development or agricultural practices). Where there is a break in the OHWM that is unrelated to the waterbody’s flow regime (e.g., flow over a rock outcrop or through a culvert), the agencies will look for indicators of flow above and below the break. 7Ibid. (iv) Biological Characteristics. Channel supports (check all that apply): Riparian corridor. Characteristics (type, average width): . Wetland fringe. Characteristics: . Habitat for: Federally Listed species. Explain findings: . Fish/spawn areas. Explain findings: . Other environmentally-sensitive species. Explain findings: . Aquatic/wildlife diversity. Explain findings: Aquatic insects observed in channel. 2. Characteristics of wetlands adjacent to non-TNW that flow directly or indirectly into TNW (i) Physical Characteristics: (a) General Wetland Characteristics: Properties: Wetland size: acres Wetland type. Explain: . Wetland quality. Explain: . Project wetlands cross or serve as state boundaries. Explain: . (b) General Flow Relationship with Non-TNW: Flow is: Pick List. Explain: . Surface flow is: Pick List Characteristics: See above. Subsurface flow: Pick List. Explain findings: . Dye (or other) test performed: . (c) Wetland Adjacency Determination with Non-TNW: Directly abutting Not directly abutting Discrete wetland hydrologic connection. Explain: drains subsurfacely to S2. Ecological connection. Explain: . Separated by berm/barrier. Explain: . (d) Proximity (Relationship) to TNW Project wetlands are Pick List river miles from TNW. Project waters are Pick List aerial (straight) miles from TNW. Flow is from: Pick List. Estimate approximate location of wetland as within the Pick List floodplain. (ii) Chemical Characteristics: Characterize wetland system (e.g., water color is clear, brown, oil film on surface; water quality; general watershed characteristics; etc.). Explain: . Identify specific pollutants, if known: . (iii) Biological Characteristics. Wetland supports (check all that apply): Riparian buffer. Characteristics (type, average width): . Vegetation type/percent cover. Explain:Forested/ 100% cover. Habitat for: Federally Listed species. Explain findings: . Fish/spawn areas. Explain findings: . Other environmentally-sensitive species. Explain findings: . Aquatic/wildlife diversity. Explain findings:Amphibian Habitat. 3. Characteristics of all wetlands adjacent to the tributary (if any) All wetland(s) being considered in the cumulative analysis: Pick List Approximately ( ) acres in total are being considered in the cumulative analysis. For each wetland, specify the following: Directly abuts? (Y/N) Size (in acres) Directly abuts? (Y/N) Size (in acres) Summarize overall biological, chemical and physical functions being performed: . C. SIGNIFICANT NEXUS DETERMINATION A significant nexus analysis will assess the flow characteristics and functions of the tributary itself and the functions performed by any wetlands adjacent to the tributary to determine if they significantly affect the chemical, physical, and biological integrity of a TNW. For each of the following situations, a significant nexus exists if the tributary, in combination with all of its adjacent wetlands, has more than a speculative or insubstantial effect on the chemical, physical and/or biological integrity of a TNW. Considerations when evaluating significant nexus include, but are not limited to the volume, duration, and frequency of the flow of water in the tributary and its proximity to a TNW, and the functions performed by the tributary and all its adjacent wetlands. It is not appropriate to determine significant nexus based solely on any specific threshold of distance (e.g. between a tributary and its adjacent wetland or between a tributary and the TNW). Similarly, the fact an adjacent wetland lies within or outside of a floodplain is not solely determinative of significant nexus. Draw connections between the features documented and the effects on the TNW, as identified in the Rapanos Guidance and discussed in the Instructional Guidebook. Factors to consider include, for example:  Does the tributary, in combination with its adjacent wetlands (if any), have the capacity to carry pollutants or flood waters to TNWs, or to reduce the amount of pollutants or flood waters reaching a TNW?  Does the tributary, in combination with its adjacent wetlands (if any), provide habitat and lifecycle support functions for fish and other species, such as feeding, nesting, spawning, or rearing young for species that are present in the TNW?  Does the tributary, in combination with its adjacent wetlands (if any), have the capacity to transfer nutrients and organic carbon that support downstream foodwebs?  Does the tributary, in combination with its adjacent wetlands (if any), have other relationships to the physical, chemical, or biological integrity of the TNW? Note: the above list of considerations is not inclusive and other functions observed or known to occur should be documented below: 1. Significant nexus findings for non-RPW that has no adjacent wetlands and flows directly or indirectly into TNWs. Explain findings of presence or absence of significant nexus below, based on the tributary itself, then go to Section III.D: . 2. Significant nexus findings for non-RPW and its adjacent wetlands, where the non-RPW flows directly or indirectly into TNWs. Explain findings of presence or absence of significant nexus below, based on the tributary in combination with all of its adjacent wetlands, then go to Section III.D: . 3. Significant nexus findings for wetlands adjacent to an RPW but that do not directly abut the RPW. Explain findings of presence or absence of significant nexus below, based on the tributary in combination with all of its adjacent wetlands, then go to Section III.D: . D. DETERMINATIONS OF JURISDICTIONAL FINDINGS. THE SUBJECT WATERS/WETLANDS ARE (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY): 1. TNWs and Adjacent Wetlands. Check all that apply and provide size estimates in review area: TNWs: linear feet width (ft), Or, acres. Wetlands adjacent to TNWs: acres. 2. RPWs that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs. Tributaries of TNWs where tributaries typically flow year-round are jurisdictional. Provide data and rationale indicating that tributary is perennial: Continuous bed and bank, presence of base flow without precipitation. Tributaries of TNW where tributaries have continuous flow “seasonally” (e.g., typically three months each year) are jurisdictional. Data supporting this conclusion is provided at Section III.B. Provide rationale indicating that tributary flows seasonally: Continuous bed and bank, signs of seasonal base flow without precipitation. Provide estimates for jurisdictional waters in the review area (check all that apply): Tributary waters: S1-163 S2-85 linear feet width (ft). Other non-wetland waters: acres. Identify type(s) of waters: . 3. Non-RPWs8 that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs. Waterbody that is not a TNW or an RPW, but flows directly or indirectly into a TNW, and it has a significant nexus with a TNW is jurisdictional. Data supporting this conclusion is provided at Section III.C. Provide estimates for jurisdictional waters within the review area (check all that apply): Tributary waters: linear feet width (ft). Other non-wetland waters: acres. Identify type(s) of waters: . 4. Wetlands directly abutting an RPW that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs. Wetlands directly abut RPW and thus are jurisdictional as adjacent wetlands. Wetlands directly abutting an RPW where tributaries typically flow year-round. Provide data and rationale indicating that tributary is perennial in Section III.D.2, above. Provide rationale indicating that wetland is directly abutting an RPW: Wetlands discharge directly into channel. Wetlands directly abutting an RPW where tributaries typically flow “seasonally.” Provide data indicating that tributary is seasonal in Section III.B and rationale in Section III.D.2, above. Provide rationale indicating that wetland is directly abutting an RPW: Wetlands discharge directly into channel. Provide acreage estimates for jurisdictional wetlands in the review area: W1, W2, W7, W8, W9, W11, W13, W14, W16, and W17 - 0.328 acres. 5. Wetlands adjacent to but not directly abutting an RPW that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs. Wetlands that do not directly abut an RPW, but when considered in combination with the tributary to which they are adjacent and with similarly situated adjacent wetlands, have a significant nexus with a TNW are jurisidictional. Data supporting this conclusion is provided at Section III.C. Provide acreage estimates for jurisdictional wetlands in the review area: acres. 6. Wetlands adjacent to non-RPWs that flow directly or indirectly into TNWs. Wetlands adjacent to such waters, and have when considered in combination with the tributary to which they are adjacent and with similarly situated adjacent wetlands, have a significant nexus with a TNW are jurisdictional. Data supporting this conclusion is provided at Section III.C. Provide estimates for jurisdictional wetlands in the review area: acres. 7. Impoundments of jurisdictional waters.9 As a general rule, the impoundment of a jurisdictional tributary remains jurisdictional. Demonstrate that impoundment was created from “waters of the U.S.,” or Demonstrate that water meets the criteria for one of the categories presented above (1-6), or Demonstrate that water is isolated with a nexus to commerce (see E below). E. ISOLATED [INTERSTATE OR INTRA-STATE] WATERS, INCLUDING ISOLATED WETLANDS, THE USE, DEGRADATION OR DESTRUCTION OF WHICH COULD AFFECT INTERSTATE COMMERCE, INCLUDING ANY SUCH WATERS (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY):10 which are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for recreational or other purposes. from which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in interstate or foreign commerce. which are or could be used for industrial purposes by industries in interstate commerce. Interstate isolated waters. Explain: . Other factors. Explain: . 8See Footnote # 3. 9 To complete the analysis refer to the key in Section III.D.6 of the Instructional Guidebook. 10 Prior to asserting or declining CWA jurisdiction based solely on this category, Corps Districts will elevate the action to Corps and EPA HQ for review consistent with the process described in the Corps/EPA Memorandum Regarding CWA Act Jurisdiction Following Rapanos. Identify water body and summarize rationale supporting determination: . Provide estimates for jurisdictional waters in the review area (check all that apply): Tributary waters: linear feet width (ft). Other non-wetland waters: acres. Identify type(s) of waters: . Wetlands: acres. F. NON-JURISDICTIONAL WATERS, INCLUDING WETLANDS (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY): If potential wetlands were assessed within the review area, these areas did not meet the criteria in the 1987 Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual and/or appropriate Regional Supplements. Review area included isolated waters with no substantial nexus to interstate (or foreign) commerce. Prior to the Jan 2001 Supreme Court decision in “SWANCC,” the review area would have been regulated based solely on the “Migratory Bird Rule” (MBR). Waters do not meet the “Significant Nexus” standard, where such a finding is required for jurisdiction. Explain: . Other: (explain, if not covered above): An AJD was issued 11/6/2019 for the sediment control pond (SC-4) and a non- regulated wetland related to mining (W15) within the review area (Action ID: 2019-01042). This updated AJD request is for wetlands W3, W4, W5, W6, W7, W8, W10, and W12 which are non-jurisdictional under the Navigable Water Protection Rule (effective 7/1/2020). These wetlands lack a surface water connection to any Traditional Navigable Waters (TNW) or their tributaries, are not separated from TNW or their tributaries by only a manmade or natural berm-like feature, and do not receive flood waters from TNW or their tributaries during a typical year. Provide acreage estimates for non-jurisdictional waters in the review area, where the sole potential basis of jurisdiction is the MBR factors (i.e., presence of migratory birds, presence of endangered species, use of water for irrigated agriculture), using best professional judgment (check all that apply): Non-wetland waters (i.e., rivers, streams): linear feet width (ft). Lakes/ponds: acres. Other non-wetland waters: acres. List type of aquatic resource: . Wetlands: acres. Provide acreage estimates for non-jurisdictional waters in the review area that do not meet the “Significant Nexus” standard, where such a finding is required for jurisdiction (check all that apply): Non-wetland waters (i.e., rivers, streams): linear feet, width (ft). Lakes/ponds: acres. Other non-wetland waters: acres. List type of aquatic resource: . Wetlands: acres. SECTION IV: DATA SOURCES. A. SUPPORTING DATA. Data reviewed for JD (check all that apply - checked items shall be included in case file and, where checked and requested, appropriately reference sources below): Maps, plans, plots or plat submitted by or on behalf of the applicant/consultant: . Data sheets prepared/submitted by or on behalf of the applicant/consultant. Office concurs with data sheets/delineation report. Office does not concur with data sheets/delineation report. Data sheets prepared by the Corps: . Corps navigable waters’ study: . U.S. Geological Survey Hydrologic Atlas: . USGS NHD data. USGS 8 and 12 digit HUC maps. U.S. Geological Survey map(s). Cite scale & quad name:Linville Falls Quad. USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service Soil Survey. Citation:NRCS Web Soil Survey. National wetlands inventory map(s). Cite name: . State/Local wetland inventory map(s): . FEMA/FIRM maps: . 100-year Floodplain Elevation is: (National Geodectic Vertical Datum of 1929) Photographs: Aerial (Name & Date): NCCGIA 2015. or Other (Name & Date): Site photographs. Previous determination(s). File no. and date of response letter: . Applicable/supporting case law: . Applicable/supporting scientific literature: . Other information (please specify): . B. ADDITIONAL COMMENTS TO SUPPORT JD: . Appendix B : Threatened and Endangered Species Ollis Waste Area Expansion Approximately 56 Acres Avery County, NC Threatened and Endangered Species Review and Habitat Assessment Prepared For Sibelco North America, Inc. Attn: Jeff Ferguson 136 Crystal Drive Spruce Pine, NC 28777 USA Prepared By ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. 32 Clayton Street Asheville, NC 28801 July 14, 2020 ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page ii Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion Table of Contents 1.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 1 2.0 METHODOLOGY ................................................................................................... 1 3.0 HABITAT CLASSIFICATION................................................................................ 2 3.1 Rich cove forest ..................................................................................................... 2 3.2 Riparian Wetland ................................................................................................... 2 3.3 Basin or bog-like wetland ...................................................................................... 3 3.4 White pine forest ................................................................................................... 3 3.5 Primary succession old mine site........................................................................... 3 3.6 Soils ....................................................................................................................... 4 4.0 PROTECTED SPECIES ........................................................................................... 4 4.1 Bald Eagle.............................................................................................................. 4 4.2 Bog Turtle .............................................................................................................. 4 4.3 Carolina Northern Flying Squirrel ......................................................................... 5 4.4 Gray bat ................................................................................................................. 6 4.5 Northern long-eared bat ......................................................................................... 6 4.6 Virginia big-eared bat ............................................................................................ 7 4.7 Rusty patched bumble bee ..................................................................................... 7 4.8 Spruce fir moss spider ........................................................................................... 8 4.9 Blue Ridge Goldenrod ........................................................................................... 8 4.10 Heller’s Blazing star .............................................................................................. 9 4.11 Roan mountain bluet .............................................................................................. 9 4.12 Spreading Avens .................................................................................................. 10 4.13 Rock Gnome Lichen ............................................................................................ 10 5.0 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................... 11 6.0 REFERENCES ....................................................................................................... 12 List of Tables Table 1: US Fish and Wildlife Service List of Potential Threatened or Endangered Species in Avery County List of Figures Figure 1: Site Vicinity Map Figure 2: USGS Topographic Map Figure 3: NCCGIS Aerial Imagery Map Figure 4: Habitat Map Figure 5: NRCS Soils Map Appendices Appendix A: US Fish and Wildlife Service County Database Information and NC Natural Heritage Program Data ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 1 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion 1.0 INTRODUCTION The following report includes methods used and results for a threatened and endangered species survey and habitat assessment for the proposed approximately 56 acre project known as the Ollis Waste Area Expansion. The project corridor is located off of Brushy Creek Road in Spruce Pine, Avery County, North Carolina (Figures 1-2). The site ranges in elevation from 2,840 feet to 3,040 feet above mean sea level. The threatened and endangered species survey was conducted to determine the occurrence of or the potential for existence of federally listed threatened and endangered animal and plant species on the proposed site (Figure 3). Completion of this survey was directed by and complies with three current state and federal regulations: the Federal Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 USC 1531-1543), the North Carolina Endangered Species Act (N.C.G.S. Sect. 113 article 25), and the North Carolina Plant Protection and Conservation Act of 1979 (N.C.G.S. Sect. 19b 106: 202.12-22). 2.0 METHODOLOGY The protected species survey and habitat assessment was conducted on January 23, 2020 on the 56 acre project area by ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. (CEC) to determine the potential for occurrences of animal and plant species listed as endangered or threatened by current federal regulations. A database search from the US Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) dated January 14, 2020 provided existing data concerning the presence or potential occurrence of threatened or endangered species in Avery County, North Carolina (Appendix A). The FWS lists the following 13 federally protected species as occurring or potentially occurring in Avery County, N.C. The species listed below were included in the surveys and assessment. Table 1. Federally threatened and endangered species listed as occurring or potentially occurring. Common Name Scientific Name Status Bald eagle Haliaeetus leucocephalus BGPA Bog turtle Clemmys muhlenbergii Threatened S/A Carolina northern flying squirrel Glaucomys sabrinus coloratus Endangered Gray bat Myotis grisescens Endangered Northern long-eared bat Myotis septentrionalis Threatened Virginia big-eared bat Corynorhinus townsendii virginianus Endangered Rusty patched bumble bee Bombus affinis Endangered Spruce-fir moss spider Microhexura montivaga Endangered Blue Ridge goldenrod Solidago spithamaea Threatened Heller’s blazing star Liatris helleri Threatened Roan mountain bluet Hedyotis purpurea var montanta Endangered Spreading avens Geum radiatum Endangered Rock gnome lichen Gymnoderma lineare Endangered ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 2 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion A database search from the NC Natural Heritage Program (NHP) dated January 29, 2020 provided existing data concerning the presence or potential occurrences of federal listed species within one mile of the site (Appendix A). The NHP indicates that there are no federal listed species within one mile of the site. The protected species survey consisted of a pedestrian survey by CEC staff. During field surveys, site habitats were identified and compared with recognized habitats for each of the thirteen species potentially occurring on the site. Potential flora were identified to the taxonomic unit level necessary to determine if the observed specimen was a protected species. 3.0 HABITAT CLASSIFICATION During our site visits on January 23, 2020 and July 8, 2020, CEC identified five habitats: Rich Cove Forest, White Pine forest, Headwater Riparian Wetland, Basin or bog-like wetland, and Primary succession ruderal habitat (Figure 4). 3.1 Rich cove forest This habitat exists within valleys. These areas are dominated by a deciduous hardwood canopy and dense shrub and sapling layers. Canopy pecies observed include black cherry (Prunus serotina), red maple (Acer rubrum), tulip tree (Liriodendron tulipifera), white pine (Pinus strobus), sourwood (Oxydendrum arboretum), sugar maple (Acer saccharum), and black birch (Betula lenta). Understory layer included rhododendrons (Rhododendron sp.) mountain laurel (Kalmia latifolia), mountain sweet pepperbush (Clethra acuminata), and flowering dogwood (Cornus florida). A sparse shrub layer included burning bush (Euonymus alatus), and Japanese barberry (Berberis thunbergii). The sparse herbaceous layer included grape fern (Polystichum acrostichoides), rattlesnake plantain (Goodyera pubescens), club moss (Lycopodium clavatum), common lady fern (Athyrium filix-femina), partridge berry (Mitchella repens), Christmas fern (Polystichum acrostichoides), golden ragwort (Packera aurea), and. cinquefoil (Potentilla sp.). This habitat was moderately disturbed by a road crossing and interspersed with the Riparian Wetland habitat. 3.2 Riparian wetland This habitat is in drainages within the rich cove forest habitat. This habitat type had a sparse canopy, with a moderately dense understory and shrub layer. Canopy species include red maple, tag alder (Alnus serrulata), green ash (Fraxinus pennsylvanicum). Understory species include rose (Rosa sp.), elderberry (Sambucus sp.), and saplings of the canopy species. The herbaceous layer of this habitat was dense in some cases, and absent/sparse in others. Where observed, the herbaceous layer included golden ragwort, water horehound (Lycopus americanus), joe-pye weed (Eutrochium purpureum), threeway sedge (Dulichium arundinaceum), unknown sedges (Carex spp.), and jewel weed (Impatiens capensis). ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 3 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion 3.3 Basin or bog-like wetland A unique wetland type which is a disturbed mining basin, that has undergone primary succession developing over nutrient poor sandy/gravelly soils. The area is devoid of canopy or shrub layer and canopy species at the edges appear stunted. This habitat is not a bog, as it lacks the sphagnum moss and deep organic soils characteristic of this habitat. However this habitat contains several herbaceous species that are characteristic of bog habitats as indicated by the Guide to the Natural Communities of North Carolina Fourth Approximation (2012 Schafale). Due to the time of year the survey was conducted, identification of herbaceous species was limited. Observed herbaceous species include Haircap moss (Polytrichum appalachianum or P. commune) woolgrass (Scirpus cyperinus), beaked sedge (Rhynchospora sp.), ladies tresses orchid (Spiranthes cernua), little bluestem (Schizachurium scoparium), mountain yelloweyed grass (Xyris torta), boneset (Eupatorium sp.), and St. John’s wort (Hypericum sp.). 3.4 White pine forest This habitat is in an area formerly cleared during the active period of the Ollis mine site. The canopy consists entirely of even aged stand of white pine. This habitat has a sparse understory layer that includes mountain laurel, rhododendron, sourwood, red maple, American holly (Ilex opaca), striped maple (Acer pennsylvanicum) eastern hemlock (Tsuga canadensis), devil’s. walking stick (Aralia spinosa), and several ericaceous shrubs, possibly Deerberry (Vaccinium stamineum), or Bear huckleberry (Gaylussacia ursina), that we were unable to identify in winter. 3.5 Primary succession old mine site This xeric/scrub ruderal habitat has very sparse cover, and lacks a canopy and shrub layer. The ground surface is primarily quartz and mica gravel, with rock outcrops, deep eroded rills, and steep topography. Stunted individuals of mountain laurel, white pine, little bluestem, and various aster species (Asteracae) which could not be identified were dominant, including several individuals of the Solidago genus. While these could not be identified to species, the winter presentation did not resemble the federally protected Blue Ridge goldenrod (Solidago spithamaea) as they were greater than the typical height range (4-14 inches). Other observed species included an ericaceous shrub (possibly Vaccinium sp.), butterfly bush (Buddleja sp.), mullein (Verbascum thapsus) rock polypody (Polypodium virginianum), and a creeping/trailing blackberry (Rubus sp.), although it is unclear if the creeping habit is a characteristic of the variety or due to the site conditions. In addition there were several plants unable to be identified during this time of year. ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 4 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion 3.6 Mixed Hardwood This habitat is present on mountain hillslopes and valleys that were not previously disturbed by mining excavation. Typical canopy trees include chestnut oak (Quercus montana), northern red oak (Quercus rubra), red maple, black cherry, and white pine. Understory trees included red maple, rhododendron and mountain laurel. Herbaceous species were sparse but included violets (viola sp,) pipsissewa (Chimaphila umbellate), and rattlesnake plantain (Goodyera pubescens). 3.7 Soils Soils mapped by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) Avery County Soil Survey for the site include: CeE- Chandler-Micaville complex, CuA- Cullowhee loam, Px- Pits, quarries, Ua- Udorthents-urban land complex, and WaD- Watauga sandy loam complex) (NRCS 2020) (Figure 5). 4.0 PROTECTED SPECIES The following is a brief description of each federally listed species included in the survey, its recognized habitat, and comments regarding survey results for that species. 4.1 Bald Eagle Bald eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) were removed from the endangered species list in August 2007 because their populations recovered sufficiently. Bald and Golden eagles are protected under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA) and the Bald and Golden Eagle Act (Eagle Act) Distinguished by a white head and white tail feathers, bald eagles are powerful, brown birds that may weigh 14 pounds and have a wingspan of 8 feet. Male eagles are smaller, weighing as much as 10 pounds and have a wingspan of 6 feet. Sometimes confused with golden eagles, bald eagles are mostly dark brown until they are four to five years old and acquire their characteristic coloring. Bald eagles live near rivers, lakes, and marshes where they can find fish, their staple food. Bald eagles will also feed on waterfowl, turtles, rabbits, snakes, and other small animals and carrion. Bald eagles require a good food base, perching areas, and nesting sites. Their habitat includes estuaries, large lakes, reservoirs, rivers, and some seacoasts. In winter, the birds congregate near open water in tall trees for spotting prey and night roosts for sheltering. No bald eagle nests were observed on the site. It is the opinion of CEC that the proposed project is not likely to adversely affect the bald eagle. 4.2 Bog Turtle The bog turtle (Clemmys muhlenbergii) is federally listed as threatened in North Carolina. This is the smallest emydid turtle, and one of the smallest turtles in the world. Adult carapace length is 7.9 to 11.4 cm (3.1 to 4.5 inches). The dark brown or black carapace may be marked with radiating light lines or a light blotch ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 5 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion on the vertebral and pleural scutes. Scute annuli are usually prominent in juvenile and young adult specimens, but the carapace may be nearly smooth in old adults. The head, neck, and limbs are typically dark brown with variable reddish to yellow spots and streaks. A large reddish-orange to yellow blotch is visible behind and above each tympanum, sometimes merging into a continuous band on the neck. The upper jaw is weakly notched. The plastron is brown or black, but often with lighter yellow blotches towards the medial and anterior scute edges. A mature male bog turtle has a concave plastron and a long, thick tail, with the vent posterior to the rear edge of the carapace with tail extended. The female has a flat plastron and a thinner, smaller tail, with the vent at or beneath the rear carapace edge. The southern population of the bog turtle, ranging from southern Virginia to northern Georgia, is also protected with a threatened designation because its physical appearance is similar to the northern population. The southern bog turtle population is separated from the northern population by approximately 250 miles. However, individual bog turtles in the southern population closely resemble individuals in the northern bog turtle population, causing difficulty in enforcing prohibitions protecting the northern population. Therefore, the FWS has designated the southern population as "threatened (similarity of appearance)." This designation prohibits collecting individual turtles from this population and bans interstate and international commercial trade. It has no effect on land management activities of private landowners in southern states where the bog turtle lives. Bog turtles live in the mud, grass and sphagnum moss of bogs, swamps, and marshy meadows. These wetlands are usually fed by cool springs flowing slowly over the land, creating the wet, muddy soil needed by the turtles. Suitable habitat for the bog turtle was not observed on site. It is the opinion of CEC that the proposed project is not likely to adversely affect the bog turtle. 4.3 Carolina Northern Flying Squirrel There are two species of flying squirrels in the Southern Appalachians – the northern (Glaucomys sabrinus) and southern (Glaucomys volans). Northern flying squirrels are about one-third larger than the very common southern species. Also, northern flying squirrels are brown on their backs, and their fur fades to a buff white on the belly. Southern flying squirrels are grayer on their backs with bright white bellies, and a clearly defined (usually black) line separates the fur colors. The endangered Carolina northern flying squirrel is a subspecies of the northern flying squirrel. Flying squirrels are nocturnal and have large eyes to help them see at night. They cannot actually fly, but glide by extending a fold of skin that stretches from their wrists to their ankles. The flattened tail acts as a rudder. Carolina northern flying squirrels are relicts of the last ice age. As the glaciers retreated northward and temperatures rose, remnant populations remained in the suitable habitat left behind on the high mountain tops along the ridges of the Southern Appalachian Mountains. Northern flying squirrels principally feed on certain fungi and lichens, though they do occasionally eat some fruits and nuts. They’re active year-round, but more so in the warmer summer months. They nest in tree cavities in nests made almost exclusively of yellow birch bark, where two ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 6 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion to six young are born in early spring. Groups of squirrels often occupy the same tree cavity, particularly in the colder winter months. Northern flying squirrels are typically found in areas where northern hardwoods, such as yellow birch, are adjacent to the higher-elevation red spruce-Fraser fir forest. These habitats are often moist and cool. The site does not support these higher elevation species suitable for northern flying squirrel habitat. It is the opinion of CEC that project is not likely to have any effect on the Carolina northern flying squirrel. 4.4 Gray bat The gray bat (Myotis grisescens) is the largest member of its genus in the eastern United States. Its forearm measures 40-46 mm, and it weighs from 7-16 grams. It is easily distinguished from all other bats within its range by its mono-colored fur. All other eastern bats have distinctly bi-or tri-colored fur on their backs. Following molt in July or August, gray bats are dark gray, but they often bleach to chestnut brown or russet between molts (especially apparent in reproductive females during May and June). The wing membrane connects to the foot at the ankle rather than at the base of the first toe, as in other species of Myotis. Gray bats roost in caves year-round. Most winter caves are deep and vertical; all provide large volume below the lowest entrance and act as cold air traps. A much wider variety of cave types are used during spring and fall transient periods. In summer, maternity colonies prefer caves that act as warm air traps or that provide restricted rooms or domed ceilings that are capable of trapping the combined body heat from thousands of clustered individuals. No naturally occurring suitable habitat (caves) for the Gray bat was observed on this site. It is the opinion of CEC that the proposed project is not likely to adversely affect the gray bat 4.5 Northern long-eared bat The northern long-eared bat (Myotis septentrionalis) is a medium-sized bat about 3 to 3.7 inches in length but with a wingspan of 9 to 10 inches. As its name suggests, this bat is distinguished by its long ears, particularly as compared to other bats in its genus, Myotis, which are actually bats noted for their small ears (Myotis means mouse-eared). The northern long-eared bat is found across much of the eastern and north central United States and all Canadian provinces from the Atlantic coast west to the southern Northwest Territories and eastern British Columbia. Northern long-eared bats spend winter hibernating in caves and mines, called hibernacula. They typically use large caves or mines with large passages and entrances; constant temperatures; and high humidity with no air currents. No naturally occurring suitable wintering habitat for the northern long-eared bat exists within the property boundary. Summer habitat for the Northern long-eared bat consists of the cavities, hollows, cracks, or loose bark of live or dead trees typically greater than three inches DBH (diameter at breast height). Suitable summer habitat for the Northern long-eared bat was observed within the proposed site. CEC consulted the FWS’s “Northern Long-Eared Bat Consultation Areas” map for Avery County. While the proposed project site is not in a Hydrologic ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 7 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion Unit Code (HUC) identified as having known occurrences of hibernacula or maternity sites, the project is within 1 mile of an adjacent HUC which does contain known hibernacula/maternity sites. It is the opinion of CEC that the proposed project is not likely to adversely affect the Northern long eared bat. 4.6 Virginia big-eared bat The Virginia big-eared bat (Corynorhinus townsendii virginianus) is a medium- sized bat (less than half an ounce) is, as the name implies, characterized by large ears (more than 1 inch long) that are connected across the forehead. It has mitten- shaped glandular masses on the muzzle and elongated nostril openings. In the early spring, females congregate in maternity colonies in the warm parts of certain caves and give birth to a single young. Most males are solitary during this time. The large offspring (25 % of the adult female’s weight) are capable of fight in about three weeks and are fully weaned at six weeks. Before the young can fly, they females leave them in the cave while they forage, returning periodically to allow the young to suckle. Virginia big-eared bats hibernate in the cooler, well- ventilated portions of caves during the winter and may lose half their autumn body weight before spring. The non-migratory Virginia big-eared bat inhabits caves year-round. These caves are typically located in karst regions (landscape characterized by limestone caves and sinkholes) dominated by oak-hickory or beech-maple-hemlock forest. The major causes of the species’ decline are loss of habitat, vandalism, and increased human visitation to maternity roosts and hibernacula. Virginia big-eared bats are extremely sensitive to human disturbance. Even slight disturbances can cause adults to abandon caves, abandon young, and force bats to use valuable energy reserves needed to survive hibernation. Suitable habitat for the Virginia big-eared bats (caves) was not observed within the project area. It is the opinion of CEC that the proposed project is not likely to adversely affect the Virginia big-eared bat. 4.7 Rusty patched bumble bee Rusty patched bumble bee (Bombus affinis), is listed under Historic Record Status in Mecklenburg County. Rusty patched bumble bees once occupied grasslands and tallgrass prairies of the Upper Midwest and Northeast, but most grasslands and prairies have been lost, degraded, or fragmented by conversion to other uses. Bumble bees need areas that provide nectar and pollen from flowers, nesting sites (underground and abandoned rodent cavities or clumps of grasses), and overwintering sites for hibernating queens (undisturbed soil). Rusty patched bumble bees live in colonies that include a single queen and female workers. The colony produces males and new queens in late summer. Queens are the largest bees in the colony, and workers are the smallest. All rusty patched bumble bees have entirely black heads, but only workers and males have a rusty reddish patch centrally located on the back. Bumble bees gather pollen and nectar from a variety of flowering plants. The rusty patched emerges early in spring and is one of the ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 8 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion last species to go into hibernation. It needs a constant supply and diversity of flowers blooming throughout the colony's long life, April through September. Potentially suitable habitat for rusty patched bumble bee was not found on site. The only areas that contained relatively abundant wildflower cover are located within the maintained/disturbed habitat. These corridors are frequently disturbed by activities such as vehicle traffic, mowing, clearing, or herbicide application. It is our understanding that the UFWS assume that the state of North Carolina is unoccupied by the rusty patched bumble bee. It is the opinion of CEC that the project is not likely to adversely affect the rusty patched bumble bee. 4.8 Spruce fir moss spider The spruce-fir moss spider (Microhexura nomtivaga) is one of the smallest members of the primitive suborder of spiders popularly referred to as "tarantulas." Adults of this species measure only 0.10 to 0.15 inch (2.5 – 3.8 millimeters) (about the size of a BB). Coloration of the spruce-fir moss spider ranges from light brown to yellow-brown to a darker reddish brown, and there are no markings on its abdomen. The spruce-fir moss spider only lives on the highest mountain peaks in the Southern Appalachian Mountains of western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. The high elevation forests where this spider is found are dominated by Fraser fir with scattered red spruce. This forest type is commonly referred to as spruce-fir forests. The typical habitat of this spider is damp, but well-drained moss mats growing on rocks and boulders in well-shaded areas within these forests. The moss mats cannot be too dry (the species is very sensitive to desiccation) or too wet (large drops of water can also pose a threat to the spider). The spruce-fir moss spider is limited to a handful of mountains in western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. Spruce-fir forests were not identified on site. It is the opinion of CEC that this project is not likely to adversely affect the spruce-fir moss spider. 4.9 Blue Ridge Goldenrod Federally listed as a threatened species, Blue Ridge goldenrod (Solidago spithamaea) occupies rock outcrops, ledges, and cliffs at high elevations (generally above 4,600 ft.). The soils upon which this species grows are generally shallow and acidic. Blue Ridge goldenrods usually grow in full sun. Blue Ridge goldenrod is a small perennial herb (4 to 8 inches tall). Its golden-yellow flowers appear from late July to September, and fruits form and ripen from July to October. Although there are many species of goldenrods, this one can be distinguished by its flat-topped flowers, small stature, smooth foliage, and toothed, non-clasping stem leaves. Suitable habitat for Blue ridge goldenrod was not found on site. It is the opinion of CEC that the proposed project is not likely to adversely affect the Blue Ridge goldenrod. ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 9 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion 4.10 Heller’s Blazing star Heller’s blazing star (Liatris helleri) is a perennial herb of the aster family with one or more erect stems up to 16 inches (40 cm) tall, which grow from a tuft of pale green leaves at the base of the plant. Upper leaves are alternate, long and narrow. Flowers are tubular, lavender, and are clustered into heads which are scattered along the stem in a showy spike, 3- 8 inches long. Fruits are small nutlets. Note: there are several similar species; the most reliable distinguishing characteristic of Heller’s blazing star is that the outer protective parts of the flower (the pappus) are only half or less the length of the entire tube that makes up the flower. In other species, the protective parts (pappus) are more than half the length of the flower tube. The Heller’s blazing star habitat is high-elevation, rock ledges in shallow, acidic soil exposed to full sunlight. Endemic to the Blue Ridge mountains of North Carolina. Only eight populations remain in Ashe, Avery, Burke, Caldwell, and Watauga counties. Little is known about why this species is declining and vanishing. Suspected reasons for decline are commercial and heavy recreational development. Soil erosion and compaction from road and building construction degrade the species’ habitat. Trampling by hikers climbers, and sightseers creates additional stress to plants and habitat. Other potential threats are natural disturbance from rock slides, severe droughts, acid precipitation, fire suppression, as well as possible lack of genetic variability due to small numbers and isolated locations of the populations. Blue Ridge goldenrod, Roan Mountain bluet, and spreading avens, all of which are federally listed species, may be found in association with Heller’s blazing star. While rock ledges in shallow, acidic soil exposed to full sunlight were found on site, this is not suitable habitat for Heller’s blazing star due to the level of disturbance from mining activity. It is the opinion of CEC that this project is not likely to adversely affect the Heller’s blazing star. 4.11 Roan mountain bluet The Roan Mountain bluet (Houstonia purpurea var. montana) is endemic to western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee mountain-top habitat with rocky exposures, grassy balds, and cliffs at high elevations of 4,590 to 6,230 feet. It typically grows in gravelly filled pockets between rocks. It is easily distinguished from other bluets by its relatively large reddish-purple flowers, small oval leaves, and compact growth form. The funnel-shaped flowers blossom from late May through September, with peak flowering in June and July. The fruits are small, nearly round capsules containing many seeds, and open in late August through September. Roan Mountain bluet grows about 8” tall. Adjacent forests are dominated by red spruce (Picea rubens) and Fraser fir (Abies fraseri). Suitable habitat for Roan Mountain bluet was not identified on site. It is the opinion of CEC that this project is not likely to adversely affect the Roan Mountain bluet. ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 10 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion 4.12 Spreading Avens Spreading avens (Geum radiatum) is a tall perennial herb growing 8 - 20 inches (in) (20.3 – 50.8 centimeters; cm) tall. Its distinctive bright yellow flowers, which are generally up to 1 in (2.5 cm) across) appear from June through September, and fruits form and ripen from August through October. This species grows in full sun on the shallow acidic soils of high-elevation cliffs (above 4,200 feet (1,280 meters)), rocky outcrops, steep slopes, and on gravelly talus. It is known to occur only on high mountain peaks in western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. Being confined to small areas on a few rocky mountain summits, this species is extremely vulnerable to such seemingly minor threats as trampling by hikers, climbers, and sightseers, as well as to more pervasive threats such as acid precipitation, and other forms of air pollution. An exotic insect, the balsam woolly adelgid, contributes to the decline of the fir forests adjacent to the cliffs where Spreading avens grows. Although Spreading avens does not grow beneath dense forest, the death of the adjacent forests results in drier and hotter conditions, as well as increased soil erosion. All of these factors threaten the last remaining Spreading avens populations. Similar habitat for spreading avens was observed on site, including shallow acidic soil, rocky outcrops, steep slopes and gravelly talus. However, suitable habitat for spreading avens was not identified on site due to the level of disturbance from the mining activities. It is the opinion of CEC that the proposed project is not likely to adversely affect the spreading avens. 4.13 Rock Gnome Lichen Federally listed as an endangered species, rock gnome lichen (Gymnoderma lineare) occurs on rocks in areas of high humidity either at high elevations (usually vertical cliff faces) or on boulders and large rock outcrops in deep river gorges at lower elevations. Distinguishing characteristics include dense colonies of narrow (.04 inch) straps that are blue-grey on the upper surface and generally shiny-white on the lower surface. Near the base they grade to black (the similar species of Squamulose cladonias are never blackened toward the base). Fruiting bodies are borne at the tips of the straps and are black (similar Cladonia species have brown or red fruiting bodies). Flowering occurs July through September. Suitable habitat for this species was not observed in the project area. Although rock outcrops exist on the project site, they are not in an area of high humidity. In addition, the site is a disturbed mine and there would be not enough opportunity for lichens to form on the newly exposed rock face. It is the opinion of CEC that the project is not likely to have any effect on the rock gnome lichen. ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 11 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion 5.0 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS During completion of threatened and endangered species habitat assessments for the Ollis Waste Area Expansion, CEC observed suitable habitat for the northern long-eared bat within the proposed site. CEC consulted the FWS’s “Northern Long-Eared Bat Consultation Areas” map for Avery County. While the proposed project site is not in a Hydrologic Unit Code (HUC) identified as having known occurrences of hibernacula or maternity sites, the project is within 1 mile of an adjacent HUC which does contain known hibernacula/maternity sites. It is the opinion of CEC that the proposed project is not likely to adversely affect the Northern long eared bat. As such, development of the Ollis Waste Area Expansion is not likely to adversely affect federally threatened or endangered species. Because of the transitory nature of some of the listed threatened and endangered species and the particular flower/fruiting periods of some plants; it is possible that endangered species populations and locations may change over time. Therefore, any potential findings at a later date should be fully investigated and coordinated with appropriate agencies to prevent potential adverse impacts. ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 12 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion 6.0 REFERENCES NCNHP (North Carolina Natural Heritage Program Database). 2019. http://portal.ncdenr.org/web/nhp/database-search; accessed January 2020 NCNHP 2012. Guide to the Natural Communities of North Carolina Fourth approximation. Schafale, Michael. NRCS (Natural Resources Conservation Service). 2020. Web Soil Survey for Avery County. http://websoilsurvey.sc.egov.usda.gov; Accessed December 2019. USFWS (United States Fish and Wildlife Service Database). 2020.http://www.fws.gov/raleigh/species/cntylist/nc_counties.html; accessedJanuary 2020. USFWS 2018. Heller’s Blazing Star. Rebecca Reid. https://www.fws.gov/raleigh/species/es_hellers_blazing_star.html; accessed January 2020. USFWS 2017. Rusty Patched Bumble Bee Fact Sheet. https://www.fws.gov/midwest/endangered/insects/rpbb/pdf/RPBBFactSheet10Jan 2017.pdf; accessed January 2020 USFWS 2016. Northern Long-Eared Bat Consultation Areas- Avery County.USFWS Ecological Services, Asheville NC. Map Date 6/1/2016. USFWS 2011. Rock Gnome Lichen Fact Sheet. Asheville Field Office. https://www.fws.gov/southeast/pdf/fact-sheet/rock-gnome-lichen.pdf; accessed January 2020. USFWS 2011. Spreading Avens Fact Sheet. Asheville Field Office. https://www.fws.gov/southeast/pdf/fact-sheet/spreading-avens.pdf; accessed January 2020 USFWS 2011. Roan Mountain Bluet Fact Sheet. Asheville Field Office. https://www.fws.gov/southeast/pdf/fact-sheet/roan-mountain-bluet.pdf; accessed January 2020 USFWS 2011. Blue Ridge Goldenrod Fact Sheet. Asheville Field Office. https://www.fws.gov/southeast/pdf/fact-sheet/blue-ridge-goldenrod; accessed January 2020 USFWS 2011. Spruce-fir moss spider Fact Sheet. Asheville Field Office. https://www.fws.gov/southeast/pdf/fact-sheet/spruce-fir-moss-spider.pdf; accessed January 2020 ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. Page 13 Project #671 Ollis Waste Area Expansion USFWS 2011. Carolina Northern Flying Squirrel Fact Sheet. Asheville Field Office. https://www.fws.gov/southeast/pdf/fact-sheet/carolina-northern-flying- squirrel.pdf; accessed January 2020 USFWS 2013. Virginia Big-Eared Bat Fact Sheet. Asheville Field Office. https://www.fws.gov/southeast/pdf/fact-sheet/virginia-big-eared-bat.pdf; accessed January 2020 USFWS 1997. Gray Bat Fact Sheet. https://www.fws.gov/midwest/endangered/mammals/pdf/gray-bat.pdf; Accessed January 2020 Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 2 41 Miles Legend Project Boundary 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Vicinity MapFigure 1Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 1.14.20; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Sibelco - Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 0.5 10.25 Miles Legend Project Boundary 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 USGS Topographic QuadLinville Falls QuadFigure 2 Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Sibelco- Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Project Boundary 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Aerial PhotographNCCGIA (2018)Figure 3 Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Sibelco- Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Habitat Bog like Habitat Mixed Hardwood Pine forest Rich Cove Ruderal Active mine Project Boundary 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 Habitat MapFigure 4Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Px Ua CeE WaD WaDCuACeE WaD WaD CeE CeE CeE Sibelco- Ollis Waste Area Expansion Ü 0 500 1,000250 Feet Legend Soil CeE - Chandler-Micaville complex CuA - Cullowhee loam Px - Pits, quarries Ua - Udorthents-Urban land complex WaD - Watauga sandy loam complex Project Boundary 32 Clayton StreetAsheville, North Carolina 28801 USDA Soil MapNRCS Web Soil SurveyFigure 5 Avery County,North Carolina Drawn by: AKT 7.14.2020; CEC Project# 671 Project Boundary Appendix A: US Fish and Wildlife Service County Database Information and NC Natural Heritage Program Data Endangered Species, Threatened Species,Federal Species of Concern, and Candidate Species, Avery County, North Carolina Updated: 011-13-2019 Critical Habitat Designations: Spruce -fir moss spider - Microhexura montivaga - All areas of privately owned Grandfather Mountain at and above the 1,646-m (5,400-ft) contour, and all portions of the Pisgah National Forest in North Carolina and the Cherokee National Forest in Tennessee, bounded to the north and to the south of the North Carolina/Tennessee state line by the 1,646-m (5,400-ft) contour, from the intersection of the 1,646-m (5,400-ft) contour with the State line north of Elk Hollow Branch, Avery County, North Carolina, and southwest of Yellow Mountain, Carter County, Tennessee, west to the 1,646-m (5,400-ft) contour at Eagle Cliff, Mitchell County, North Carolina. Within these areas, the primary constituent elements include (1) Fraser fir or fir -dominated spruce -fir forests at and above 1,646-m (5,400-m) in elevation, and (2) moderately thick and humid, but not wet, moss (species in the genus Dicranodontium, and possibly Polytrichum) and/or liverwort mats on rock surfaces that are adequately sheltered from the sun and rain (by overhang and aspect) and include a thin layer of humid soil and/or humus between the moss and rock surface. Federal Register Reference: July6, 2001, Federal Register, 66:35547-35566. Common Name Vertebrate: Allegheny woodrat Appalachian Bewick's wren Appalachian cottontail Bald eagle Bog turtle Scientific name Neotoma magister Thryomanes bewickii altus Sylvilagus obscurus Haliaeetus leucocephalus Glyptemys muhlenbergii Carolina northern flying irre squl Glaucomys sabrinus coloratus Eastern small -footed bat Gray bat Hellbender Myotis leibii Myotis grisescens Cryptobranchus alleganiensis Federal Record Status Status FSC Current FSC Historic FSC Current BGPA Current T (S/A) Current E Current ARS Current E Probably/Potential ARS Current Northern long-eared bat Northern saw -whet owl (Southern Appalachian population) Pygmy salamander Red crossbill (Southern Appalachian) Southern Appalachian black - capped chickadee Southern water shrew Virginia big -eared bat Yellow -bellied sapsucker (Southern Appalachian population) Invertebrate: Regal fritillary (butterfly) Rusty -Patched bumble bee Spruce -fir moss spider Vascular Plant: Bent avens B1ueRidge goldenrod Butternut Carolina hemlock Fraser fir Gray's lily Heller's blazing star Roan mountain bluet Spreading avens Nonvascular Plant: a liverwort a liverwort a liverwort Lichen: Rock gnome lichen Myotis septentrionalis T Aegolius acadicus pop. I FSC Desmognathus wrighti FSC Loxia curvirostra FSC Poecile atricapillus practicus FSC Sorex palustris punctulatus FSC Corynorhinus townsendii E virginianus Sphyrapicus varius appalachiensis FSC Speyeria idalia ARS Bombus affinis E Microhexura montivaga E Geum geniculatum Solidago spithamaea Juglans cinerea Tsuga caroliniana Abies fraseri Lilium grayi Liatris helleri Hedyotis purpurea var. montana Geum radiatum Plagiochila sullivantii var. sullivantii Sphenolobopsis pearsonii Plagiochila virginica var. caroliniana Gymnoderma lineare FSC T FSC ARS FSC FSC T E E Current Current Current Current Current Current Current Current Historic Historic Current Current Current Current Current Current Current Current Current Current FSC Current FSC Current FSC Historic E Current Definitions of Federal Status Codes: E = endangered. A taxon "in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range." T = threatened. A taxon "likely to become endangered within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range." C = candidate. A taxon under consideration for official listing for which there is sufficient information to support listing. (Formerly "C V candidate species.) BGPA =Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act. See below. ARS = At Risk Species. Species that are Petitioned, Candidates or Proposed for Listing under the Endangered Species Act. Consultation under Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA is not required for Candidate or Proposed species; although a Conference, as described under Section 7(a)(4) of the ESA is recommended for actions affecting species proposed for listing. FSC=Federal Species of Concern. FSC is an informal term. It is not defined in the federal Endangered Species Act. In North Carolina, the Asheville and Raleigh Field Offices of the US Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) define Federal Species of Concern as those species that appear to be in decline or otherwise in need of conservation and are under consideration for listing or for which there is insufficient information to support listing at this time.Subsumed under the term "FSC" are all species petitioned by outside parties and other selected focal species identified in Service strategic plans, State Wildlife Action Plans, or Natural Heritage Program Lists. T(S/A) = threatened due to similarity of appearance. A taxon that is threatened due to similarity of appearance with another listed species and is listed for its protection. Taxa listed as T(S/A) are not biologically endangered or threatened and are not subject to Section 7 consultation. See below. EXP = experimental population. A taxon listed as experimental (either essential or nonessential). Experimental, nonessential populations of endangered species (e.g., red wolf) are treated as threatened species on public land, for consultation purposes, and as species proposed for listing on private land. P = proposed. Taxa proposed for official listing as endangered or threatened will be noted as "PE" or "PT", respectively. Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act (BGPA)_ In the July 9, 2007 Federal Register( 72:37346-37372), the bald eagle was declared recovered, and removed (de- listed) from the Federal List of Threatened and Endangered wildlife. This delisting took effect August 8,2007. After delisting, the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act (Eagle Act) (16 U.S.C. 668-668d) becomes the primary law protecting bald eagles. The Eagle Act prohibits take of bald and golden eagles and provides a statutory definition of "take" that includes "disturb". The USFWS has developed National Bald Eagle Management Guidelines to provide guidance to land managers, landowners, and others as to how to avoid disturbing bald eagles. For mor information, visit http://www.fws.goy/migratorvbirds/baldeagle.htm Threatened due to similarity of appearance(T(S/A))_ In the November 4, 1997 Federal Register (55822-55825), the northern population of the bog turtle (from New York south to Maryland) was listed as T (threatened), and the southern population (from Virginia south to Georgia) was listed as T(S/A) (threatened due to similarity of appearance). The T(S/A) designation bans the collection and interstate and international commercial trade of bog turtles from the southern population. The T(S/A) designation has no effect on land management activities by private landowners in North Carolina, part of the southern population of the species. In addition to its official status as T(S/A), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service considers the southern population of the bog turtle as a Federal species of concern due to habitat loss. Definitions of Record Status: Current - the species has been observed in the county within the last 50 years. Historic - the species was last observed in the county more than 50 years ago. Obscure - the date and/or location of observation is uncertain. Incidental/migrant - the species was observed outside of its normal range or habitat. Probable/potential - the species is considered likely to occur in this county based on the proximity of known records (in adjacent counties), the presence of potentially suitable habitat, or both. North Carolina County Boundary Watersheds with Known NLEB Maternity Trees or Hibernation Sites A v e r y C o . A v e r y C o . W a t a u g a C o . W a t a u g a C o . M i t c h e l l C o . M i t c h e l l C o .C a l d w e l l C o . C a l d w e l l C o . B u r k e C o . B u r k e C o . National Geographic, Esri, DeLorme, HERE, UNEP-WCMC, USGS, NASA, ESA, METI, NRCAN, GEBCO, NOAA, increment P Corp. U.S. Fish & Wildlife ServiceNorthern Long-Eared Bat Consultation AreasAvery County USFWS Ecological ServicesAsheville, North CarolinaMap Date: 6/1/2016 0 5 Miles 0 5 Kilometers[GA KY NC SC TN VA Black box indicateslarge map extent If your project falls within the red areas identified in Avery County, please contact the USFWS Asheville Field Office. NCNHDE-11242 January 29, 2020 ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc. 32 Clayton Street Asheville, NC 28801 RE: Ollis Waste Area Expansion; 671 Dear ClearWater Environmental Consultants, Inc.: The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above. Based on the project area mapped with your request, a query of the NCNHP database indicates that there are no records for rare species, important natural communities, natural areas, and/or conservation/managed areas within the proposed project boundary. Please note that although there may be no documentation of natural heritage elements within the project boundary, it does not imply or confirm their absence; the area may not have been surveyed. The results of this query should not be substituted for field surveys where suitable habitat exists. In the event that rare species are found within the project area, please contact the NCNHP so that we may update our records. The attached ‘Potential Occurrences’ table summarizes rare species and natural communities that have been documented within a one-mile radius of the property boundary. The proximity of these records suggests that these natural heritage elements may potentially be present in the project area if suitable habitat exists. Tables of natural areas and conservation/managed areas within a one-mile radius of the project area, if any, are also included in this report. If a Federally-listed species is found within the project area or is indicated within a one-mile radius of the project area, the NCNHP recommends contacting the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) for guidance. Contact information for USFWS offices in North Carolina is found here: https://www.fws.gov/offices/Directory/ListOffices.cfm?statecode=37. Please note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may not be redistributed without permission. The NC Natural Heritage Program may follow this letter with additional correspondence if a Dedicated Nature Preserve, Registered Heritage Area, Clean Water Management Trust Fund easement, or Federally-listed species are documented near the project area. If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance, please contact Rodney A. Butler at rodney.butler@ncdcr.gov or 919-707-8603. Sincerely, NC Natural Heritage Program Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Within a One-mile Radius of the Project Area Ollis Waste Area Expansion Project No. 671 January 29, 2020 NCNHDE-11242 Element Occurrences Documented Within a One-mile Radius of the Project Area Taxonomic Group EO ID Scientific Name Common Name Last Observation Date Element Occurrence Rank Accuracy Federal Status State Status Global Rank State Rank Bird 24910 Riparia riparia Bank Swallow 2007-06-13 CD 3-Medium --- Significantly Rare G5 S1B Dragonfly or Damselfly 33783 Stylurus scudderi Zebra Clubtail 2004-Pre H? 5-Very Low --- Significantly Rare G5 S2? No Natural Areas are Documented Within a One-mile Radius of the Project Area Managed Areas Documented Within a One-mile Radius of the Project Area Managed Area Name Owner Owner Type Conservation Trust for North Carolina Preserve Conservation Trust for North Carolina Private Avery County Open Space Avery County: multiple local government Local Government Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at https://ncnhde.natureserve.org/content/help. Data query generated on January 29, 2020; source: NCNHP, Q1 Jan 2020. Please resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database. Page 2 of 3 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Page 3 of 3 Appendix C: NC SAM and NC WAM NC SAM FIELD ASSESSMENT RESULTS Accompanies User Manual Version 2.1 USACE AID #: NCDWR #: INSTRUCTIONS: Attach a sketch of the assessment area and photographs. Attach a copy of the USGS 7.5 -minute topographic quadrangle, and circle the location of the stream reach under evaluation. If multiple stream reaches will be evaluated on the same prope rty, identify and number all reaches on the attached map, and include a separate form for each reach. See the NC SAM User Manual for detailed descriptions and explanations of requested information. Record in the “Notes/Sketch” section if supplementary measurements were performed. See the NC SAM User Manual for examples of additional measurements that may be relevant. NOTE EVIDENCE OF STRESSORS AFFECTING THE ASSESSMENT AREA (do not need to be within the assessment area). PROJECT/SITE INFORMATION: 1. Project name (if any): Ollis Waste Area Expansion 2. Date of evaluation: 1/23/2020 3. Applicant/owner name: Sibelco/Unimin 4. Assessor name/organization: Clearwater Environmental Consultants 5. County: Avery 6. Nearest named water body on USGS 7.5-minute quad: Brushy Creek 7. River basin: French Broad 8. Site coordinates (decimal degrees, at lower end of assessment reach): 35.954531; -81.980793 STREAM INFORMATION: (depth and width can be approximations) 9. Site number (show on attached map): S2 10. Length of assessment reach evaluated (feet): 197 11. Channel depth from bed (in riffle, if present) to top of bank (feet): 1.5 Unable to assess channel depth. 12. Channel width at top of bank (feet): 4 13. Is assessment reach a swamp steam? Yes No 14. Feature type: Perennial flow Intermittent flow Tidal Marsh Stream STREAM CATEGORY INFORMATION: 15. NC SAM Zone: Mountains (M) Piedmont (P) Inner Coastal Plain (I) Outer Coastal Plain (O) 16. Estimated geomorphic 19 valley shape (skip for Tidal Marsh Stream): A B (more sinuous stream, flatter valley slope) (less sinuous stream, steeper valley slope) 17. Watershed size: (skip Size 1 (< 0.1 mi2) Size 2 (0.1 to < 0.5 mi2) Size 3 (0.5 to < 5 mi2) Size 4 (≥ 5 mi2) for Tidal Marsh Stream) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: 18. Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Section 10 water Classified Trout Waters Water Supply Watershed (I II III IV V) Essential Fish Habitat Primary Nursery Area High Quality Waters/Outstanding Resource Waters Publicly owned property NCDWR Riparian buffer rule in effect Nutrient Sensitive Waters Anadromous fish 303(d) List CAMA Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) Documented presence of a federal and/or state listed protected species within the assessment area. List species: Designated Critical Habitat (list species) 19. Are additional stream information/supplementary measurements included in “Notes/Sketch” section or attached? Yes No 1. Channel Water – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 1 streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) A Water throughout assessment reach. B No flow, water in pools only. C No water in assessment reach. 2. Evidence of Flow Restriction – assessment reach metric A At least 10% of assessment reach in-stream habitat or riffle-pool sequence is severely affected by a flow restriction or fill to the point of obstructing flow or a channel choked with aquatic macrophytes or ponded water or impoundment on flood or ebb within the assessment reach (examples: undersized or perched culverts, causeways that constrict the channel, tidal gates , debris jams, beaver dams). B Not A 3. Feature Pattern – assessment reach metric A A majority of the assessment reach has altered pattern (examples: straightening, modification above or below culvert). B Not A 4. Feature Longitudinal Profile – assessment reach metric A Majority of assessment reach has a substantially altered stream profile (examples: channel down -cutting, existing damming, over widening, active aggradation, dredging, and excavation where appropriate channel profile has not reformed from any of these disturbances). B Not A 5. Signs of Active Instability – assessment reach metric Consider only current instability, not past events from which the stream has currently recovered. Examples of instability include active bank failure, active channel down-cutting (head-cut), active widening, and artificial hardening (such as concrete, gabion, rip -rap). A < 10% of channel unstable B 10 to 25% of channel unstable C > 25% of channel unstable 6. Streamside Area Interaction – streamside area metric Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). LB RB A A Little or no evidence of conditions that adversely affect reference interaction B B Moderate evidence of conditions (examples: berms, levees, down -cutting, aggradation, dredging) that adversely affect reference interaction (examples: limited streamside area access , disruption of flood flows through streamside area , leaky or intermittent bulkheads, causeways with floodplain constriction, minor ditching [including mosquito ditching]) C C Extensive evidence of conditions that adversely affect reference interaction (little to no floodplain/intertidal zone access [examples: causeways with floodplain and channel constriction, bulkheads, retaining walls, fill, stream incision, disruption of flood flows through streamside area] or too much floodplain/intertidal zone access [examples: impoundments, intensive mosquito ditching]) or floodplain/intertidal zone unnaturally absent or assessment reach is a man-made feature on an interstream divide 7. Water Quality Stressors – assessment reach/intertidal zone metric Check all that apply. A Discolored water in stream or intertidal zone (milky white, blue, unnatural water discoloration, oil sheen, stream foam) B Excessive sedimentation (burying of stream features or intertidal zone) C Noticeable evidence of pollutant discharges entering the assessment reach and causing a water quality problem D Odor (not including natural sulfide odors) E Current published or collected data indicating degraded water quality in the assessment reach. Cite source in “Notes/Sketch” section. F Livestock with access to stream or intertidal zone G Excessive algae in stream or intertidal zone H Degraded marsh vegetation in the intertidal zone (removal, burning, regular mowing, destruction, etc) I Other: (explain in “Notes/Sketch” section) J Little to no stressors 8. Recent Weather – watershed metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) For Size 1 or 2 streams, D1 drought or higher is considered a drought; for Size 3 or 4 streams, D2 drought or higher is considered a drought. A Drought conditions and no rainfall or rainfall not exceeding 1 inch within the last 48 hours B Drought conditions and rainfall exceeding 1 inch within the last 48 hours C No drought conditions 9. Large or Dangerous Stream – assessment reach metric Yes No Is stream is too large or dangerous to assess? If Yes, skip to Metric 13 (Streamside Area Ground Surface Condition). 10. Natural In-stream Habitat Types – assessment reach metric 10a. Yes No Degraded in-stream habitat over majority of the assessment reach (examples of stressors include excessive sedimentation, mining, excavation, in-stream hardening [for example, rip-rap], recent dredging, and snagging) (evaluate for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams only, then skip to Metric 12) 10b. Check all that occur (occurs if > 5% coverage of assessment reach) (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams) A Multiple aquatic macrophytes and aquatic mosses (include liverworts, lichens, and algal mats) B Multiple sticks and/or leaf packs and/or emergent vegetation C Multiple snags and logs (including lap trees) D 5% undercut banks and/or root mats and/or roots in banks extend to the normal wetted perimeter E Little or no habitat F 5% oysters or other natural hard bottoms G Submerged aquatic vegetation H Low-tide refugia (pools) I Sand bottom J 5% vertical bank along the marsh K Little or no habitat *********************************REMAINING QUESTIONS ARE NOT APPLICABLE FOR TIDAL MARSH STREAMS**************************** 11. Bedform and Substrate – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) 11a. Yes No Is assessment reach in a natural sand-bed stream? (skip for Coastal Plain streams) 11b. Bedform evaluated. Check the appropriate box(es). A Riffle-run section (evaluate 11c) B Pool-glide section (evaluate 11d) C Natural bedform absent (skip to Metric 12, Aquatic Life) 11c. In riffle sections, check all that occur below the normal wetted perimeter of the assessment reach – whether or not submerged. Check at least one box in each row (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams). Not Present (NP) = absent, Rare (R) = present but < 10%, Common (C) = > 10-40%, Abundant (A) = > 40-70%, Predominant (P) = > 70%. Cumulative percentages should not exceed 100% for each assessment reach. NP R C A P Bedrock/saprolite Boulder (256 – 4096 mm) Cobble (64 – 256 mm) Gravel (2 – 64 mm) Sand (.062 – 2 mm) Silt/clay (< 0.062 mm) Detritus Artificial (rip-rap, concrete, etc.) 11d. Yes No Are pools filled with sediment? (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) Check for Tidal Marsh Streams Only 12. Aquatic Life – assessment reach metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) 12a. Yes No Was an in-stream aquatic life assessment performed as described in the User Manual? If No, select one of the following reasons and skip to Metric 13. No Water Other: 12b. Yes No Are aquatic organisms present in the assessment reach (look in riffles, pools, then snags)? If Yes, check all that apply. If No, skip to Metric 13. 1 >1 Numbers over columns refer to “individuals” for Size 1 and 2 streams and “taxa” for Size 3 and 4 streams. Adult frogs Aquatic reptiles Aquatic macrophytes and aquatic mosses (include liverworts, lichens, and algal mats) Beetles Caddisfly larvae (T) Asian clam (Corbicula) Crustacean (isopod/amphipod/crayfish/shrimp) Damselfly and dragonfly larvae Dipterans Mayfly larvae (E) Megaloptera (alderfly, fishfly, dobsonfly larvae) Midges/mosquito larvae Mosquito fish (Gambusia) or mud minnows (Umbra pygmaea) Mussels/Clams (not Corbicula) Other fish Salamanders/tadpoles Snails Stonefly larvae (P) Tipulid larvae Worms/leeches 13. Streamside Area Ground Surface Condition – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams and B valley types) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). Consider storage capacity with regard to both overbank flow and upland runoff. LB RB A A Little or no alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area B B Moderate alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area C C Severe alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area (examples: ditches, fill, soil compaction, livestock disturbance, buildings, man-made levees, drainage pipes) 14. Streamside Area Water Storage – streamside area metric (skip for Size 1 streams, Tidal Marsh Streams, and B valley types) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB) of the streamside area. LB RB A A Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water ≥ 6 inches deep B B Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep C C Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 15. Wetland Presence – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). Do not consider wetlands outside of the streamside area or within the normal wetted perimeter of assessment reach. LB RB Y Y Are wetlands present in the streamside area? N N 16. Baseflow Contributors – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 4 streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all contributors within the assessment reach or within view of and draining to the assessment reach. A Streams and/or springs (jurisdictional discharges) B Ponds (include wet detention basins; do not include sediment basins or dry detention basins) C Obstruction passing flow during low-flow periods within the assessment area (beaver dam, leaky dam, bottom -release dam, weir) D Evidence of bank seepage or sweating (iron in water indicates seepage) E Stream bed or bank soil reduced (dig through deposited sediment if present) F None of the above 17. Baseflow Detractors – assessment area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all that apply. A Evidence of substantial water withdrawals from the assessment reach (includes areas excavated for pump installation) B Obstruction not passing flow during low-flow periods affecting the assessment reach (ex: watertight dam, sediment deposit) C Urban stream (≥ 24% impervious surface for watershed) D Evidence that the streamside area has been modified resulting in accelerated drainage into the assessment reach E Assessment reach relocated to valley edge F None of the above 18. Shading – assessment reach metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider aspect. Consider “leaf-on” condition. A Stream shading is appropriate for stream category (may include gaps associated with natural processes) B Degraded (example: scattered trees) C Stream shading is gone or largely absent 19. Buffer Width – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider “vegetated buffer” and “wooded buffer” separately for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) starting at the top of bank out to the first break. Vegetated Wooded LB RB LB RB A A A A ≥ 100 feet wide or extends to the edge of the watershed B B B B From 50 to < 100 feet wide C C C C From 30 to < 50 feet wide D D D D From 10 to < 30 feet wide E E E E < 10 feet wide or no trees 20. Buffer Structure – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) for Metric 19 (“Vegetated” Buffer Width). LB RB A A Mature forest B B Non-mature woody vegetation or modified vegetation structure C C Herbaceous vegetation with or without a strip of trees < 10 feet wide D D Maintained shrubs E E Little or no vegetation 21. Buffer Stressors – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all appropriate boxes for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB). Indicate if listed stressor abuts stream (Abuts), does not abut but is within 30 feet of stream (< 30 feet), or is between 30 to 50 feet of stream (30-50 feet). If none of the following stressors occurs on either bank, check here and skip to Metric 22: Abuts < 30 feet 30-50 feet LB RB LB RB LB RB A A A A A A Row crops B B B B B B Maintained turf C C C C C C Pasture (no livestock)/commercial horticulture D D D D D D Pasture (active livestock use) 22. Stem Density – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) for Metric 19 (“Wooded” Buffer Width). LB RB A A Medium to high stem density B B Low stem density C C No wooded riparian buffer or predominantly herbaceous species or bare ground 23. Continuity of Vegetated Buffer – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider whether vegetated buffer is continuous along stream (parallel). Breaks are areas lacking vegetation > 10 feet wide. LB RB A A The total length of buffer breaks is < 25 percent. B B The total length of buffer breaks is between 25 and 50 percent. C C The total length of buffer breaks is > 50 percent. 24. Vegetative Composition – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Evaluate the dominant vegetation within 100 feet of each bank or to the edge of the watershed (whichever comes first) as it contribute s to assessment reach habitat. LB RB A A Vegetation is close to undisturbed in species present and their proportions. Lower strata composed of native species, with non-native invasive species absent or sparse. B B Vegetation indicates disturbance in terms of species diversity or proportions, but is still largely composed of native species. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clear -cutting or clearing or communities with non-native invasive species present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata or communities missing understory but retaining canopy trees. C C Vegetation is severely disturbed in terms of species diversity or proport ions. Mature canopy is absent or communities with non-native invasive species dominant over a large portion of expected strata or communities composed of planted stands of non-characteristic species or communities inappropriately composed of a single spec ies or no vegetation. 25. Conductivity – assessment reach metric (skip for all Coastal Plain streams) 25a. Yes No Was conductivity measurement recorded? If No, select one of the following reasons. No Water Other: 25b. Check the box corresponding to the conductivity measurement (units of microsiemens per centimeter). A < 46 B 46 to < 67 C 67 to < 79 D 79 to < 230 E ≥ 230 Notes/Sketch: Draft NC SAM Stream Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 2.1 Stream Site Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion Date of Assessment 1/23/2020 Stream Category Mb1 Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes of Field Assessment Form (Y/N) NO Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) YES Additional stream information/supplementary measurements included (Y/N) NC SAM feature type (perennial, intermittent, Tidal Marsh Stream) Perennial Function Class Rating Summary USACE/ All Streams NCDWR Intermittent (1) Hydrology LOW (2) Baseflow MEDIUM (2) Flood Flow LOW (3) Streamside Area Attenuation LOW (4) Floodplain Access LOW (4) Wooded Riparian Buffer MEDIUM (4) Microtopography NA (3) Stream Stability LOW (4) Channel Stability LOW (4) Sediment Transport LOW (4) Stream Geomorphology LOW (2) Stream/Intertidal Zone Interaction NA (2) Longitudinal Tidal Flow NA (2) Tidal Marsh Stream Stability NA (3) Tidal Marsh Channel Stability NA (3) Tidal Marsh Stream Geomorphology NA (1) Water Quality MEDIUM (2) Baseflow MEDIUM (2) Streamside Area Vegetation MEDIUM (3) Upland Pollutant Filtration MEDIUM (3) Thermoregulation HIGH (2) Indicators of Stressors YES (2) Aquatic Life Tolerance HIGH (2) Intertidal Zone Filtration NA (1) Habitat MEDIUM (2) In-stream Habitat LOW (3) Baseflow MEDIUM (3) Substrate LOW (3) Stream Stability LOW (3) In-stream Habitat LOW (2) Stream-side Habitat HIGH (3) Stream-side Habitat MEDIUM (3) Thermoregulation HIGH (2) Tidal Marsh In-stream Habitat NA (3) Flow Restriction NA (3) Tidal Marsh Stream Stability NA (4) Tidal Marsh Channel Stability NA (4) Tidal Marsh Stream Geomorphology NA (3) Tidal Marsh In-stream Habitat NA (2) Intertidal Zone NA Overall MEDIUM NC SAM FIELD ASSESSMENT RESULTS Accompanies User Manual Version 2.1 USACE AID #: NCDWR #: INSTRUCTIONS: Attach a sketch of the assessment area and photographs. Attach a copy of the USGS 7.5 -minute topographic quadrangle, and circle the location of the stream reach under evaluation. If multiple stream reaches will be evaluated on the same prope rty, identify and number all reaches on the attached map, and include a separate form for each reach. See the NC SAM User Manual for detailed descriptions and explanations of requested information. Record in the “Notes/Sketch” section if supplementary measurements were performed. See the NC SAM User Manual for examples of additional measurements that may be relevant. NOTE EVIDENCE OF STRESSORS AFFECTING THE ASSESSMENT AREA (do not need to be within the assessment area). PROJECT/SITE INFORMATION: 1. Project name (if any): Ollis Waste Area Expansion 2. Date of evaluation: 1/23/2020 3. Applicant/owner name: Sibelco/Unimin 4. Assessor name/organization: Clearwater Environmental Consultants 5. County: Avery 6. Nearest named water body on USGS 7.5-minute quad: Brushy Creek 7. River basin: French Broad 8. Site coordinates (decimal degrees, at lower end of assessment reach): 35.953309; -81.981350 STREAM INFORMATION: (depth and width can be approximations) 9. Site number (show on attached map): S3 A 10. Length of assessment reach evaluated (feet): 200 11. Channel depth from bed (in riffle, if present) to top of bank (feet): 4 Unable to assess channel depth. 12. Channel width at top of bank (feet): 15 13. Is assessment reach a swamp steam? Yes No 14. Feature type: Perennial flow Intermittent flow Tidal Marsh Stream STREAM CATEGORY INFORMATION: 15. NC SAM Zone: Mountains (M) Piedmont (P) Inner Coastal Plain (I) Outer Coastal Plain (O) 16. Estimated geomorphic 19 valley shape (skip for Tidal Marsh Stream): A B (more sinuous stream, flatter valley slope) (less sinuous stream, steeper valley slope) 17. Watershed size: (skip Size 1 (< 0.1 mi2) Size 2 (0.1 to < 0.5 mi2) Size 3 (0.5 to < 5 mi2) Size 4 (≥ 5 mi2) for Tidal Marsh Stream) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: 18. Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Section 10 water Classified Trout Waters Water Supply Watershed (I II III IV V) Essential Fish Habitat Primary Nursery Area High Quality Waters/Outstanding Resource Waters Publicly owned property NCDWR Riparian buffer rule in effect Nutrient Sensitive Waters Anadromous fish 303(d) List CAMA Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) Documented presence of a federal and/or state listed protected species within the assessment area. List species: Designated Critical Habitat (list species) 19. Are additional stream information/supplementary measurements included in “Notes/Sketch” section or attached? Yes No 1. Channel Water – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 1 streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) A Water throughout assessment reach. B No flow, water in pools only. C No water in assessment reach. 2. Evidence of Flow Restriction – assessment reach metric A At least 10% of assessment reach in-stream habitat or riffle-pool sequence is severely affected by a flow restriction or fill to the point of obstructing flow or a channel choked with aquatic macrophytes or ponded water or impoundment on flood or ebb within the assessment reach (examples: undersized or perched culverts, causeways that constrict the channel, tidal gates , debris jams, beaver dams). B Not A 3. Feature Pattern – assessment reach metric A A majority of the assessment reach has altered pattern (examples: straightening, modification above or below culvert). B Not A 4. Feature Longitudinal Profile – assessment reach metric A Majority of assessment reach has a substantially altered stream profile (examples: channel down -cutting, existing damming, over widening, active aggradation, dredging, and excavation where appropriate channel profile has not reformed from any of these disturbances). B Not A 5. Signs of Active Instability – assessment reach metric Consider only current instability, not past events from which the stream has currently recovered. Examples of instability include active bank failure, active channel down-cutting (head-cut), active widening, and artificial hardening (such as concrete, gabion, rip -rap). A < 10% of channel unstable B 10 to 25% of channel unstable C > 25% of channel unstable 6. Streamside Area Interaction – streamside area metric Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). LB RB A A Little or no evidence of conditions that adversely affect reference interaction B B Moderate evidence of conditions (examples: berms, levees, down -cutting, aggradation, dredging) that adversely affect reference interaction (examples: limited streamside area access , disruption of flood flows through streamside area , leaky or intermittent bulkheads, causeways with floodplain constriction, minor ditching [including mosquito ditching]) C C Extensive evidence of conditions that adversely affect reference interaction (little to no floodplain/intertidal zone access [examples: causeways with floodplain and channel constriction, bulkheads, retaining walls, fill, stream incision, disruption of flood flows through streamside area] or too much floodplain/intertidal zone access [examples: impoundments, intensive mosquito ditching]) or floodplain/intertidal zone unnaturally absent or assessment reach is a man-made feature on an interstream divide 7. Water Quality Stressors – assessment reach/intertidal zone metric Check all that apply. A Discolored water in stream or intertidal zone (milky white, blue, unnatural water discoloration, oil sheen, stream foam) B Excessive sedimentation (burying of stream features or intertidal zone) C Noticeable evidence of pollutant discharges entering the assessment reach and causing a water quality problem D Odor (not including natural sulfide odors) E Current published or collected data indicating degraded water quality in the assessment reach. Cite source in “Notes/Sketch” section. F Livestock with access to stream or intertidal zone G Excessive algae in stream or intertidal zone H Degraded marsh vegetation in the intertidal zone (removal, burning, regular mowing, destruction, etc) I Other: (explain in “Notes/Sketch” section) J Little to no stressors 8. Recent Weather – watershed metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) For Size 1 or 2 streams, D1 drought or higher is considered a drought; for Size 3 or 4 streams, D2 drought or higher is considered a drought. A Drought conditions and no rainfall or rainfall not exceeding 1 inch within the last 48 hours B Drought conditions and rainfall exceeding 1 inch within the last 48 hours C No drought conditions 9. Large or Dangerous Stream – assessment reach metric Yes No Is stream is too large or dangerous to assess? If Yes, skip to Metric 13 (Streamside Area Ground Surface Condition). 10. Natural In-stream Habitat Types – assessment reach metric 10a. Yes No Degraded in-stream habitat over majority of the assessment reach (examples of stressors include excessive sedimentation, mining, excavation, in-stream hardening [for example, rip-rap], recent dredging, and snagging) (evaluate for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams only, then skip to Metric 12) 10b. Check all that occur (occurs if > 5% coverage of assessment reach) (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams) A Multiple aquatic macrophytes and aquatic mosses (include liverworts, lichens, and algal mats) B Multiple sticks and/or leaf packs and/or emergent vegetation C Multiple snags and logs (including lap trees) D 5% undercut banks and/or root mats and/or roots in banks extend to the normal wetted perimeter E Little or no habitat F 5% oysters or other natural hard bottoms G Submerged aquatic vegetation H Low-tide refugia (pools) I Sand bottom J 5% vertical bank along the marsh K Little or no habitat *********************************REMAINING QUESTIONS ARE NOT APPLICABLE FOR TIDAL MARSH STREAMS**************************** 11. Bedform and Substrate – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) 11a. Yes No Is assessment reach in a natural sand-bed stream? (skip for Coastal Plain streams) 11b. Bedform evaluated. Check the appropriate box(es). A Riffle-run section (evaluate 11c) B Pool-glide section (evaluate 11d) C Natural bedform absent (skip to Metric 12, Aquatic Life) 11c. In riffle sections, check all that occur below the normal wetted perimeter of the assessment reach – whether or not submerged. Check at least one box in each row (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams). Not Present (NP) = absent, Rare (R) = present but < 10%, Common (C) = > 10-40%, Abundant (A) = > 40-70%, Predominant (P) = > 70%. Cumulative percentages should not exceed 100% for each assessment reach. NP R C A P Bedrock/saprolite Boulder (256 – 4096 mm) Cobble (64 – 256 mm) Gravel (2 – 64 mm) Sand (.062 – 2 mm) Silt/clay (< 0.062 mm) Detritus Artificial (rip-rap, concrete, etc.) 11d. Yes No Are pools filled with sediment? (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) Check for Tidal Marsh Streams Only 12. Aquatic Life – assessment reach metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) 12a. Yes No Was an in-stream aquatic life assessment performed as described in the User Manual? If No, select one of the following reasons and skip to Metric 13. No Water Other: 12b. Yes No Are aquatic organisms present in the assessment reach (look in riffles, pools, then snags)? If Yes, check all that apply. If No, skip to Metric 13. 1 >1 Numbers over columns refer to “individuals” for Size 1 and 2 streams and “taxa” for Size 3 and 4 streams. Adult frogs Aquatic reptiles Aquatic macrophytes and aquatic mosses (include liverworts, lichens, and algal mats) Beetles Caddisfly larvae (T) Asian clam (Corbicula) Crustacean (isopod/amphipod/crayfish/shrimp) Damselfly and dragonfly larvae Dipterans Mayfly larvae (E) Megaloptera (alderfly, fishfly, dobsonfly larvae) Midges/mosquito larvae Mosquito fish (Gambusia) or mud minnows (Umbra pygmaea) Mussels/Clams (not Corbicula) Other fish Salamanders/tadpoles Snails Stonefly larvae (P) Tipulid larvae Worms/leeches 13. Streamside Area Ground Surface Condition – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams and B valley types) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). Consider storage capacity with regard to both overbank flow and upland runoff. LB RB A A Little or no alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area B B Moderate alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area C C Severe alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area (examples: ditches, fill, soil compaction, livestock disturbance, buildings, man-made levees, drainage pipes) 14. Streamside Area Water Storage – streamside area metric (skip for Size 1 streams, Tidal Marsh Streams, and B valley types) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB) of the streamside area. LB RB A A Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water ≥ 6 inches deep B B Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep C C Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 15. Wetland Presence – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). Do not consider wetlands outside of the streamside area or within the normal wetted perimeter of assessment reach. LB RB Y Y Are wetlands present in the streamside area? N N 16. Baseflow Contributors – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 4 streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all contributors within the assessment reach or within view of and draining to the assessment reach. A Streams and/or springs (jurisdictional discharges) B Ponds (include wet detention basins; do not include sediment basins or dry detention basins) C Obstruction passing flow during low-flow periods within the assessment area (beaver dam, leaky dam, bottom -release dam, weir) D Evidence of bank seepage or sweating (iron in water indicates seepage) E Stream bed or bank soil reduced (dig through deposited sediment if present) F None of the above 17. Baseflow Detractors – assessment area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all that apply. A Evidence of substantial water withdrawals from the assessment reach (includes areas excavated for pump installation) B Obstruction not passing flow during low-flow periods affecting the assessment reach (ex: watertight dam, sediment deposit) C Urban stream (≥ 24% impervious surface for watershed) D Evidence that the streamside area has been modified resulting in accelerated drainage into the assessment reach E Assessment reach relocated to valley edge F None of the above 18. Shading – assessment reach metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider aspect. Consider “leaf-on” condition. A Stream shading is appropriate for stream category (may include gaps associated with natural processes) B Degraded (example: scattered trees) C Stream shading is gone or largely absent 19. Buffer Width – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider “vegetated buffer” and “wooded buffer” separately for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) starting at the top of bank out to the first break. Vegetated Wooded LB RB LB RB A A A A ≥ 100 feet wide or extends to the edge of the watershed B B B B From 50 to < 100 feet wide C C C C From 30 to < 50 feet wide D D D D From 10 to < 30 feet wide E E E E < 10 feet wide or no trees 20. Buffer Structure – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) for Metric 19 (“Vegetated” Buffer Width). LB RB A A Mature forest B B Non-mature woody vegetation or modified vegetation structure C C Herbaceous vegetation with or without a strip of trees < 10 feet wide D D Maintained shrubs E E Little or no vegetation 21. Buffer Stressors – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all appropriate boxes for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB). Indicate if listed stressor abuts stream (Abuts), does not abut but is within 30 feet of stream (< 30 feet), or is between 30 to 50 feet of stream (30-50 feet). If none of the following stressors occurs on either bank, check here and skip to Metric 22: Abuts < 30 feet 30-50 feet LB RB LB RB LB RB A A A A A A Row crops B B B B B B Maintained turf C C C C C C Pasture (no livestock)/commercial horticulture D D D D D D Pasture (active livestock use) 22. Stem Density – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) for Metric 19 (“Wooded” Buffer Width). LB RB A A Medium to high stem density B B Low stem density C C No wooded riparian buffer or predominantly herbaceous species or bare ground 23. Continuity of Vegetated Buffer – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider whether vegetated buffer is continuous along stream (parallel). Breaks are areas lacking vegetation > 10 feet wide. LB RB A A The total length of buffer breaks is < 25 percent. B B The total length of buffer breaks is between 25 and 50 percent. C C The total length of buffer breaks is > 50 percent. 24. Vegetative Composition – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Evaluate the dominant vegetation within 100 feet of each bank or to the edge of the watershed (whichever comes first) as it contribute s to assessment reach habitat. LB RB A A Vegetation is close to undisturbed in species present and their proportions. Lower strata composed of native species, with non-native invasive species absent or sparse. B B Vegetation indicates disturbance in terms of species diversity or proportions, but is still largely composed of native species. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clear -cutting or clearing or communities with non-native invasive species present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata or communities missing understory but retaining canopy trees. C C Vegetation is severely disturbed in terms of species diversity or proport ions. Mature canopy is absent or communities with non-native invasive species dominant over a large portion of expected strata or communities composed of planted stands of non-characteristic species or communities inappropriately composed of a single spec ies or no vegetation. 25. Conductivity – assessment reach metric (skip for all Coastal Plain streams) 25a. Yes No Was conductivity measurement recorded? If No, select one of the following reasons. No Water Other: 25b. Check the box corresponding to the conductivity measurement (units of microsiemens per centimeter). A < 46 B 46 to < 67 C 67 to < 79 D 79 to < 230 E ≥ 230 Notes/Sketch: Draft NC SAM Stream Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 2.1 Stream Site Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion Date of Assessment 1/23/2020 Stream Category Mb2 Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes of Field Assessment Form (Y/N) NO Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) YES Additional stream information/supplementary measurements included (Y/N) NC SAM feature type (perennial, intermittent, Tidal Marsh Stream) Perennial Function Class Rating Summary USACE/ All Streams NCDWR Intermittent (1) Hydrology HIGH (2) Baseflow HIGH (2) Flood Flow HIGH (3) Streamside Area Attenuation HIGH (4) Floodplain Access HIGH (4) Wooded Riparian Buffer HIGH (4) Microtopography NA (3) Stream Stability HIGH (4) Channel Stability MEDIUM (4) Sediment Transport HIGH (4) Stream Geomorphology HIGH (2) Stream/Intertidal Zone Interaction NA (2) Longitudinal Tidal Flow NA (2) Tidal Marsh Stream Stability NA (3) Tidal Marsh Channel Stability NA (3) Tidal Marsh Stream Geomorphology NA (1) Water Quality HIGH (2) Baseflow HIGH (2) Streamside Area Vegetation HIGH (3) Upland Pollutant Filtration HIGH (3) Thermoregulation HIGH (2) Indicators of Stressors NO (2) Aquatic Life Tolerance HIGH (2) Intertidal Zone Filtration NA (1) Habitat HIGH (2) In-stream Habitat HIGH (3) Baseflow HIGH (3) Substrate HIGH (3) Stream Stability MEDIUM (3) In-stream Habitat HIGH (2) Stream-side Habitat HIGH (3) Stream-side Habitat HIGH (3) Thermoregulation HIGH (2) Tidal Marsh In-stream Habitat NA (3) Flow Restriction NA (3) Tidal Marsh Stream Stability NA (4) Tidal Marsh Channel Stability NA (4) Tidal Marsh Stream Geomorphology NA (3) Tidal Marsh In-stream Habitat NA (2) Intertidal Zone NA Overall HIGH NC SAM FIELD ASSESSMENT RESULTS Accompanies User Manual Version 2.1 USACE AID #: NCDWR #: INSTRUCTIONS: Attach a sketch of the assessment area and photographs. Attach a copy of the USGS 7.5 -minute topographic quadrangle, and circle the location of the stream reach under evaluation. If multiple stream reaches will be evaluated on the same prope rty, identify and number all reaches on the attached map, and include a separate form for each reach. See the NC SAM User Manual for detailed descriptions and explanations of requested information. Record in the “Notes/Sketch” section if supplementary measurements were performed. See the NC SAM User Manual for examples of additional measurements that may be relevant. NOTE EVIDENCE OF STRESSORS AFFECTING THE ASSESSMENT AREA (do not need to be within the assessment area). PROJECT/SITE INFORMATION: 1. Project name (if any): Ollis Waste Area Expansion 2. Date of evaluation: 1/23/2020 3. Applicant/owner name: Sibelco/Unimin 4. Assessor name/organization: Clearwater Environmental Consultants 5. County: Avery 6. Nearest named water body on USGS 7.5-minute quad: Brushy Creek 7. River basin: French Broad 8. Site coordinates (decimal degrees, at lower end of assessment reach): 35.953955; -81.981281 STREAM INFORMATION: (depth and width can be approximations) 9. Site number (show on attached map): S3 B 10. Length of assessment reach evaluated (feet): 55 11. Channel depth from bed (in riffle, if present) to top of bank (feet): 4 Unable to assess channel depth. 12. Channel width at top of bank (feet): 3 13. Is assessment reach a swamp steam? Yes No 14. Feature type: Perennial flow Intermittent flow Tidal Marsh Stream STREAM CATEGORY INFORMATION: 15. NC SAM Zone: Mountains (M) Piedmont (P) Inner Coastal Plain (I) Outer Coastal Plain (O) 16. Estimated geomorphic 19 valley shape (skip for Tidal Marsh Stream): A B (more sinuous stream, flatter valley slope) (less sinuous stream, steeper valley slope) 17. Watershed size: (skip Size 1 (< 0.1 mi2) Size 2 (0.1 to < 0.5 mi2) Size 3 (0.5 to < 5 mi2) Size 4 (≥ 5 mi2) for Tidal Marsh Stream) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: 18. Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Section 10 water Classified Trout Waters Water Supply Watershed (I II III IV V) Essential Fish Habitat Primary Nursery Area High Quality Waters/Outstanding Resource Waters Publicly owned property NCDWR Riparian buffer rule in effect Nutrient Sensitive Waters Anadromous fish 303(d) List CAMA Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) Documented presence of a federal and/or state listed protected species within the assessment area. List species: Designated Critical Habitat (list species) 19. Are additional stream information/supplementary measurements included in “Notes/Sketch” section or attached? Yes No 1. Channel Water – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 1 streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) A Water throughout assessment reach. B No flow, water in pools only. C No water in assessment reach. 2. Evidence of Flow Restriction – assessment reach metric A At least 10% of assessment reach in-stream habitat or riffle-pool sequence is severely affected by a flow restriction or fill to the point of obstructing flow or a channel choked with aquatic macrophytes or ponded water or impoundment on flood or ebb within the assessment reach (examples: undersized or perched culverts, causeways that constrict the channel, tidal gates , debris jams, beaver dams). B Not A 3. Feature Pattern – assessment reach metric A A majority of the assessment reach has altered pattern (examples: straightening, modification above or below culvert). B Not A 4. Feature Longitudinal Profile – assessment reach metric A Majority of assessment reach has a substantially altered stream profile (examples: channel down -cutting, existing damming, over widening, active aggradation, dredging, and excavation where appropriate channel profile has not reformed from any of these disturbances). B Not A 5. Signs of Active Instability – assessment reach metric Consider only current instability, not past events from which the stream has currently recovered. Examples of instability include active bank failure, active channel down-cutting (head-cut), active widening, and artificial hardening (such as concrete, gabion, rip -rap). A < 10% of channel unstable B 10 to 25% of channel unstable C > 25% of channel unstable 6. Streamside Area Interaction – streamside area metric Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). LB RB A A Little or no evidence of conditions that adversely affect reference interaction B B Moderate evidence of conditions (examples: berms, levees, down -cutting, aggradation, dredging) that adversely affect reference interaction (examples: limited streamside area access , disruption of flood flows through streamside area , leaky or intermittent bulkheads, causeways with floodplain constriction, minor ditching [including mosquito ditching]) C C Extensive evidence of conditions that adversely affect reference interaction (little to no floodplain/intertidal zone access [examples: causeways with floodplain and channel constriction, bulkheads, retaining walls, fill, stream incision, disruption of flood flows through streamside area] or too much floodplain/intertidal zone access [examples: impoundments, intensive mosquito ditching]) or floodplain/intertidal zone unnaturally absent or assessment reach is a man-made feature on an interstream divide 7. Water Quality Stressors – assessment reach/intertidal zone metric Check all that apply. A Discolored water in stream or intertidal zone (milky white, blue, unnatural water discoloration, oil sheen, stream foam) B Excessive sedimentation (burying of stream features or intertidal zone) C Noticeable evidence of pollutant discharges entering the assessment reach and causing a water quality problem D Odor (not including natural sulfide odors) E Current published or collected data indicating degraded water quality in the assessment reach. Cite source in “Notes/Sketch” section. F Livestock with access to stream or intertidal zone G Excessive algae in stream or intertidal zone H Degraded marsh vegetation in the intertidal zone (removal, burning, regular mowing, destruction, etc) I Other: (explain in “Notes/Sketch” section) J Little to no stressors 8. Recent Weather – watershed metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) For Size 1 or 2 streams, D1 drought or higher is considered a drought; for Size 3 or 4 streams, D2 drought or higher is considered a drought. A Drought conditions and no rainfall or rainfall not exceeding 1 inch within the last 48 hours B Drought conditions and rainfall exceeding 1 inch within the last 48 hours C No drought conditions 9. Large or Dangerous Stream – assessment reach metric Yes No Is stream is too large or dangerous to assess? If Yes, skip to Metric 13 (Streamside Area Ground Surface Condition). 10. Natural In-stream Habitat Types – assessment reach metric 10a. Yes No Degraded in-stream habitat over majority of the assessment reach (examples of stressors include excessive sedimentation, mining, excavation, in-stream hardening [for example, rip-rap], recent dredging, and snagging) (evaluate for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams only, then skip to Metric 12) 10b. Check all that occur (occurs if > 5% coverage of assessment reach) (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams) A Multiple aquatic macrophytes and aquatic mosses (include liverworts, lichens, and algal mats) B Multiple sticks and/or leaf packs and/or emergent vegetation C Multiple snags and logs (including lap trees) D 5% undercut banks and/or root mats and/or roots in banks extend to the normal wetted perimeter E Little or no habitat F 5% oysters or other natural hard bottoms G Submerged aquatic vegetation H Low-tide refugia (pools) I Sand bottom J 5% vertical bank along the marsh K Little or no habitat *********************************REMAINING QUESTIONS ARE NOT APPLICABLE FOR TIDAL MARSH STREAMS**************************** 11. Bedform and Substrate – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) 11a. Yes No Is assessment reach in a natural sand-bed stream? (skip for Coastal Plain streams) 11b. Bedform evaluated. Check the appropriate box(es). A Riffle-run section (evaluate 11c) B Pool-glide section (evaluate 11d) C Natural bedform absent (skip to Metric 12, Aquatic Life) 11c. In riffle sections, check all that occur below the normal wetted perimeter of the assessment reach – whether or not submerged. Check at least one box in each row (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams). Not Present (NP) = absent, Rare (R) = present but < 10%, Common (C) = > 10-40%, Abundant (A) = > 40-70%, Predominant (P) = > 70%. Cumulative percentages should not exceed 100% for each assessment reach. NP R C A P Bedrock/saprolite Boulder (256 – 4096 mm) Cobble (64 – 256 mm) Gravel (2 – 64 mm) Sand (.062 – 2 mm) Silt/clay (< 0.062 mm) Detritus Artificial (rip-rap, concrete, etc.) 11d. Yes No Are pools filled with sediment? (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) Check for Tidal Marsh Streams Only 12. Aquatic Life – assessment reach metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) 12a. Yes No Was an in-stream aquatic life assessment performed as described in the User Manual? If No, select one of the following reasons and skip to Metric 13. No Water Other: 12b. Yes No Are aquatic organisms present in the assessment reach (look in riffles, pools, then snags)? If Yes, check all that apply. If No, skip to Metric 13. 1 >1 Numbers over columns refer to “individuals” for Size 1 and 2 streams and “taxa” for Size 3 and 4 streams. Adult frogs Aquatic reptiles Aquatic macrophytes and aquatic mosses (include liverworts, lichens, and algal mats) Beetles Caddisfly larvae (T) Asian clam (Corbicula) Crustacean (isopod/amphipod/crayfish/shrimp) Damselfly and dragonfly larvae Dipterans Mayfly larvae (E) Megaloptera (alderfly, fishfly, dobsonfly larvae) Midges/mosquito larvae Mosquito fish (Gambusia) or mud minnows (Umbra pygmaea) Mussels/Clams (not Corbicula) Other fish Salamanders/tadpoles Snails Stonefly larvae (P) Tipulid larvae Worms/leeches 13. Streamside Area Ground Surface Condition – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams and B valley types) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). Consider storage capacity with regard to both overbank flow and upland runoff. LB RB A A Little or no alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area B B Moderate alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area C C Severe alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area (examples: ditches, fill, soil compaction, livestock disturbance, buildings, man-made levees, drainage pipes) 14. Streamside Area Water Storage – streamside area metric (skip for Size 1 streams, Tidal Marsh Streams, and B valley types) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB) of the streamside area. LB RB A A Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water ≥ 6 inches deep B B Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep C C Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 15. Wetland Presence – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). Do not consider wetlands outside of the streamside area or within the normal wetted perimeter of assessment reach. LB RB Y Y Are wetlands present in the streamside area? N N 16. Baseflow Contributors – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 4 streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all contributors within the assessment reach or within view of and draining to the assessment reach. A Streams and/or springs (jurisdictional discharges) B Ponds (include wet detention basins; do not include sediment basins or dry detention basins) C Obstruction passing flow during low-flow periods within the assessment area (beaver dam, leaky dam, bottom -release dam, weir) D Evidence of bank seepage or sweating (iron in water indicates seepage) E Stream bed or bank soil reduced (dig through deposited sediment if present) F None of the above 17. Baseflow Detractors – assessment area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all that apply. A Evidence of substantial water withdrawals from the assessment reach (includes areas excavated for pump installation) B Obstruction not passing flow during low-flow periods affecting the assessment reach (ex: watertight dam, sediment deposit) C Urban stream (≥ 24% impervious surface for watershed) D Evidence that the streamside area has been modified resulting in accelerated drainage into the assessment reach E Assessment reach relocated to valley edge F None of the above 18. Shading – assessment reach metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider aspect. Consider “leaf-on” condition. A Stream shading is appropriate for stream category (may include gaps associated with natural processes) B Degraded (example: scattered trees) C Stream shading is gone or largely absent 19. Buffer Width – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider “vegetated buffer” and “wooded buffer” separately for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) starting at the top of bank out to the first break. Vegetated Wooded LB RB LB RB A A A A ≥ 100 feet wide or extends to the edge of the watershed B B B B From 50 to < 100 feet wide C C C C From 30 to < 50 feet wide D D D D From 10 to < 30 feet wide E E E E < 10 feet wide or no trees 20. Buffer Structure – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) for Metric 19 (“Vegetated” Buffer Width). LB RB A A Mature forest B B Non-mature woody vegetation or modified vegetation structure C C Herbaceous vegetation with or without a strip of trees < 10 feet wide D D Maintained shrubs E E Little or no vegetation 21. Buffer Stressors – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all appropriate boxes for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB). Indicate if listed stressor abuts stream (Abuts), does not abut but is within 30 feet of stream (< 30 feet), or is between 30 to 50 feet of stream (30-50 feet). If none of the following stressors occurs on either bank, check here and skip to Metric 22: Abuts < 30 feet 30-50 feet LB RB LB RB LB RB A A A A A A Row crops B B B B B B Maintained turf C C C C C C Pasture (no livestock)/commercial horticulture D D D D D D Pasture (active livestock use) 22. Stem Density – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) for Metric 19 (“Wooded” Buffer Width). LB RB A A Medium to high stem density B B Low stem density C C No wooded riparian buffer or predominantly herbaceous species or bare ground 23. Continuity of Vegetated Buffer – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider whether vegetated buffer is continuous along stream (parallel). Breaks are areas lacking vegetation > 10 feet wide. LB RB A A The total length of buffer breaks is < 25 percent. B B The total length of buffer breaks is between 25 and 50 percent. C C The total length of buffer breaks is > 50 percent. 24. Vegetative Composition – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Evaluate the dominant vegetation within 100 feet of each bank or to the edge of the watershed (whichever comes first) as it contribute s to assessment reach habitat. LB RB A A Vegetation is close to undisturbed in species present and their proportions. Lower strata composed of native species, with non-native invasive species absent or sparse. B B Vegetation indicates disturbance in terms of species diversity or proportions, but is still largely composed of native species. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clear -cutting or clearing or communities with non-native invasive species present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata or communities missing understory but retaining canopy trees. C C Vegetation is severely disturbed in terms of species diversity or proport ions. Mature canopy is absent or communities with non-native invasive species dominant over a large portion of expected strata or communities composed of planted stands of non-characteristic species or communities inappropriately composed of a single spec ies or no vegetation. 25. Conductivity – assessment reach metric (skip for all Coastal Plain streams) 25a. Yes No Was conductivity measurement recorded? If No, select one of the following reasons. No Water Other: 25b. Check the box corresponding to the conductivity measurement (units of microsiemens per centimeter). A < 46 B 46 to < 67 C 67 to < 79 D 79 to < 230 E ≥ 230 Notes/Sketch: Draft NC SAM Stream Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 2.1 Stream Site Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion Date of Assessment 1/23/2020 Stream Category Mb2 Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes of Field Assessment Form (Y/N) NO Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) YES Additional stream information/supplementary measurements included (Y/N) NC SAM feature type (perennial, intermittent, Tidal Marsh Stream) Perennial Function Class Rating Summary USACE/ All Streams NCDWR Intermittent (1) Hydrology LOW (2) Baseflow HIGH (2) Flood Flow LOW (3) Streamside Area Attenuation LOW (4) Floodplain Access LOW (4) Wooded Riparian Buffer MEDIUM (4) Microtopography NA (3) Stream Stability LOW (4) Channel Stability LOW (4) Sediment Transport LOW (4) Stream Geomorphology MEDIUM (2) Stream/Intertidal Zone Interaction NA (2) Longitudinal Tidal Flow NA (2) Tidal Marsh Stream Stability NA (3) Tidal Marsh Channel Stability NA (3) Tidal Marsh Stream Geomorphology NA (1) Water Quality LOW (2) Baseflow HIGH (2) Streamside Area Vegetation MEDIUM (3) Upland Pollutant Filtration HIGH (3) Thermoregulation LOW (2) Indicators of Stressors YES (2) Aquatic Life Tolerance MEDIUM (2) Intertidal Zone Filtration NA (1) Habitat LOW (2) In-stream Habitat LOW (3) Baseflow HIGH (3) Substrate LOW (3) Stream Stability LOW (3) In-stream Habitat LOW (2) Stream-side Habitat LOW (3) Stream-side Habitat MEDIUM (3) Thermoregulation LOW (2) Tidal Marsh In-stream Habitat NA (3) Flow Restriction NA (3) Tidal Marsh Stream Stability NA (4) Tidal Marsh Channel Stability NA (4) Tidal Marsh Stream Geomorphology NA (3) Tidal Marsh In-stream Habitat NA (2) Intertidal Zone NA Overall LOW NC SAM FIELD ASSESSMENT RESULTS Accompanies User Manual Version 2.1 USACE AID #: NCDWR #: INSTRUCTIONS: Attach a sketch of the assessment area and photographs. Attach a copy of the USGS 7.5 -minute topographic quadrangle, and circle the location of the stream reach under evaluation. If multiple stream reaches will be evaluated on the same prope rty, identify and number all reaches on the attached map, and include a separate form for each reach. See the NC SAM User Manual for detailed descriptions and explanations of requested information. Record in the “Notes/Sketch” section if supplementary measurements were performed. See the NC SAM User Manual for examples of additional measurements that may be relevant. NOTE EVIDENCE OF STRESSORS AFFECTING THE ASSESSMENT AREA (do not need to be within the assessment area). PROJECT/SITE INFORMATION: 1. Project name (if any): Ollis Waste Area Expansion 2. Date of evaluation: 1/23/2020 3. Applicant/owner name: Sibelco/Unimin 4. Assessor name/organization: Clearwater Environmental Consultants 5. County: Avery 6. Nearest named water body on USGS 7.5-minute quad: Brushy Creek 7. River basin: French Broad 8. Site coordinates (decimal degrees, at lower end of assessment reach): 35.953955; -81.981281 STREAM INFORMATION: (depth and width can be approximations) 9. Site number (show on attached map): S3 C 10. Length of assessment reach evaluated (feet): 150 11. Channel depth from bed (in riffle, if present) to top of bank (feet): 1.5 Unable to assess channel depth. 12. Channel width at top of bank (feet): 4 13. Is assessment reach a swamp steam? Yes No 14. Feature type: Perennial flow Intermittent flow Tidal Marsh Stream STREAM CATEGORY INFORMATION: 15. NC SAM Zone: Mountains (M) Piedmont (P) Inner Coastal Plain (I) Outer Coastal Plain (O) 16. Estimated geomorphic 19 valley shape (skip for Tidal Marsh Stream): A B (more sinuous stream, flatter valley slope) (less sinuous stream, steeper valley slope) 17. Watershed size: (skip Size 1 (< 0.1 mi2) Size 2 (0.1 to < 0.5 mi2) Size 3 (0.5 to < 5 mi2) Size 4 (≥ 5 mi2) for Tidal Marsh Stream) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: 18. Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Section 10 water Classified Trout Waters Water Supply Watershed (I II III IV V) Essential Fish Habitat Primary Nursery Area High Quality Waters/Outstanding Resource Waters Publicly owned property NCDWR Riparian buffer rule in effect Nutrient Sensitive Waters Anadromous fish 303(d) List CAMA Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) Documented presence of a federal and/or state listed protected species within the assessment area. List species: Designated Critical Habitat (list species) 19. Are additional stream information/supplementary measurements included in “Notes/Sketch” section or attached? Yes No 1. Channel Water – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 1 streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) A Water throughout assessment reach. B No flow, water in pools only. C No water in assessment reach. 2. Evidence of Flow Restriction – assessment reach metric A At least 10% of assessment reach in-stream habitat or riffle-pool sequence is severely affected by a flow restriction or fill to the point of obstructing flow or a channel choked with aquatic macrophytes or ponded water or impoundment on flood or ebb within the assessment reach (examples: undersized or perched culverts, causeways that constrict the channel, tidal gates , debris jams, beaver dams). B Not A 3. Feature Pattern – assessment reach metric A A majority of the assessment reach has altered pattern (examples: straightening, modification above or below culvert). B Not A 4. Feature Longitudinal Profile – assessment reach metric A Majority of assessment reach has a substantially altered stream profile (examples: channel down -cutting, existing damming, over widening, active aggradation, dredging, and excavation where appropriate channel profile has not reformed from any of these disturbances). B Not A 5. Signs of Active Instability – assessment reach metric Consider only current instability, not past events from which the stream has currently recovered. Examples of instability include active bank failure, active channel down-cutting (head-cut), active widening, and artificial hardening (such as concrete, gabion, rip -rap). A < 10% of channel unstable B 10 to 25% of channel unstable C > 25% of channel unstable 6. Streamside Area Interaction – streamside area metric Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). LB RB A A Little or no evidence of conditions that adversely affect reference interaction B B Moderate evidence of conditions (examples: berms, levees, down -cutting, aggradation, dredging) that adversely affect reference interaction (examples: limited streamside area access , disruption of flood flows through streamside area , leaky or intermittent bulkheads, causeways with floodplain constriction, minor ditching [including mosquito ditching]) C C Extensive evidence of conditions that adversely affect reference interaction (little to no floodplain/intertidal zone access [examples: causeways with floodplain and channel constriction, bulkheads, retaining walls, fill, stream incision, disruption of flood flows through streamside area] or too much floodplain/intertidal zone access [examples: impoundments, intensive mosquito ditching]) or floodplain/intertidal zone unnaturally absent or assessment reach is a man-made feature on an interstream divide 7. Water Quality Stressors – assessment reach/intertidal zone metric Check all that apply. A Discolored water in stream or intertidal zone (milky white, blue, unnatural water discoloration, oil sheen, stream foam) B Excessive sedimentation (burying of stream features or intertidal zone) C Noticeable evidence of pollutant discharges entering the assessment reach and causing a water quality problem D Odor (not including natural sulfide odors) E Current published or collected data indicating degraded water quality in the assessment reach. Cite source in “Notes/Sketch” section. F Livestock with access to stream or intertidal zone G Excessive algae in stream or intertidal zone H Degraded marsh vegetation in the intertidal zone (removal, burning, regular mowing, destruction, etc) I Other: (explain in “Notes/Sketch” section) J Little to no stressors 8. Recent Weather – watershed metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) For Size 1 or 2 streams, D1 drought or higher is considered a drought; for Size 3 or 4 streams, D2 drought or higher is considered a drought. A Drought conditions and no rainfall or rainfall not exceeding 1 inch within the last 48 hours B Drought conditions and rainfall exceeding 1 inch within the last 48 hours C No drought conditions 9. Large or Dangerous Stream – assessment reach metric Yes No Is stream is too large or dangerous to assess? If Yes, skip to Metric 13 (Streamside Area Ground Surface Condition). 10. Natural In-stream Habitat Types – assessment reach metric 10a. Yes No Degraded in-stream habitat over majority of the assessment reach (examples of stressors include excessive sedimentation, mining, excavation, in-stream hardening [for example, rip-rap], recent dredging, and snagging) (evaluate for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams only, then skip to Metric 12) 10b. Check all that occur (occurs if > 5% coverage of assessment reach) (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams) A Multiple aquatic macrophytes and aquatic mosses (include liverworts, lichens, and algal mats) B Multiple sticks and/or leaf packs and/or emergent vegetation C Multiple snags and logs (including lap trees) D 5% undercut banks and/or root mats and/or roots in banks extend to the normal wetted perimeter E Little or no habitat F 5% oysters or other natural hard bottoms G Submerged aquatic vegetation H Low-tide refugia (pools) I Sand bottom J 5% vertical bank along the marsh K Little or no habitat *********************************REMAINING QUESTIONS ARE NOT APPLICABLE FOR TIDAL MARSH STREAMS**************************** 11. Bedform and Substrate – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) 11a. Yes No Is assessment reach in a natural sand-bed stream? (skip for Coastal Plain streams) 11b. Bedform evaluated. Check the appropriate box(es). A Riffle-run section (evaluate 11c) B Pool-glide section (evaluate 11d) C Natural bedform absent (skip to Metric 12, Aquatic Life) 11c. In riffle sections, check all that occur below the normal wetted perimeter of the assessment reach – whether or not submerged. Check at least one box in each row (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams). Not Present (NP) = absent, Rare (R) = present but < 10%, Common (C) = > 10-40%, Abundant (A) = > 40-70%, Predominant (P) = > 70%. Cumulative percentages should not exceed 100% for each assessment reach. NP R C A P Bedrock/saprolite Boulder (256 – 4096 mm) Cobble (64 – 256 mm) Gravel (2 – 64 mm) Sand (.062 – 2 mm) Silt/clay (< 0.062 mm) Detritus Artificial (rip-rap, concrete, etc.) 11d. Yes No Are pools filled with sediment? (skip for Size 4 Coastal Plain streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) Check for Tidal Marsh Streams Only 12. Aquatic Life – assessment reach metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) 12a. Yes No Was an in-stream aquatic life assessment performed as described in the User Manual? If No, select one of the following reasons and skip to Metric 13. No Water Other: 12b. Yes No Are aquatic organisms present in the assessment reach (look in riffles, pools, then snags)? If Yes, check all that apply. If No, skip to Metric 13. 1 >1 Numbers over columns refer to “individuals” for Size 1 and 2 streams and “taxa” for Size 3 and 4 streams. Adult frogs Aquatic reptiles Aquatic macrophytes and aquatic mosses (include liverworts, lichens, and algal mats) Beetles Caddisfly larvae (T) Asian clam (Corbicula) Crustacean (isopod/amphipod/crayfish/shrimp) Damselfly and dragonfly larvae Dipterans Mayfly larvae (E) Megaloptera (alderfly, fishfly, dobsonfly larvae) Midges/mosquito larvae Mosquito fish (Gambusia) or mud minnows (Umbra pygmaea) Mussels/Clams (not Corbicula) Other fish Salamanders/tadpoles Snails Stonefly larvae (P) Tipulid larvae Worms/leeches 13. Streamside Area Ground Surface Condition – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams and B valley types) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). Consider storage capacity with regard to both overbank flow and upland runoff. LB RB A A Little or no alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area B B Moderate alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area C C Severe alteration to water storage capacity over a majority of the streamside area (examples: ditches, fill, soil compaction, livestock disturbance, buildings, man-made levees, drainage pipes) 14. Streamside Area Water Storage – streamside area metric (skip for Size 1 streams, Tidal Marsh Streams, and B valley types) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB) of the streamside area. LB RB A A Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water ≥ 6 inches deep B B Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep C C Majority of streamside area with depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 15. Wetland Presence – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for the Left Bank (LB) and the Right Bank (RB). Do not consider wetlands outside of the streamside area or within the normal wetted perimeter of assessment reach. LB RB Y Y Are wetlands present in the streamside area? N N 16. Baseflow Contributors – assessment reach metric (skip for Size 4 streams and Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all contributors within the assessment reach or within view of and draining to the assessment reach. A Streams and/or springs (jurisdictional discharges) B Ponds (include wet detention basins; do not include sediment basins or dry detention basins) C Obstruction passing flow during low-flow periods within the assessment area (beaver dam, leaky dam, bottom -release dam, weir) D Evidence of bank seepage or sweating (iron in water indicates seepage) E Stream bed or bank soil reduced (dig through deposited sediment if present) F None of the above 17. Baseflow Detractors – assessment area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all that apply. A Evidence of substantial water withdrawals from the assessment reach (includes areas excavated for pump installation) B Obstruction not passing flow during low-flow periods affecting the assessment reach (ex: watertight dam, sediment deposit) C Urban stream (≥ 24% impervious surface for watershed) D Evidence that the streamside area has been modified resulting in accelerated drainage into the assessment reach E Assessment reach relocated to valley edge F None of the above 18. Shading – assessment reach metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider aspect. Consider “leaf-on” condition. A Stream shading is appropriate for stream category (may include gaps associated with natural processes) B Degraded (example: scattered trees) C Stream shading is gone or largely absent 19. Buffer Width – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider “vegetated buffer” and “wooded buffer” separately for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) starting at the top of bank out to the first break. Vegetated Wooded LB RB LB RB A A A A ≥ 100 feet wide or extends to the edge of the watershed B B B B From 50 to < 100 feet wide C C C C From 30 to < 50 feet wide D D D D From 10 to < 30 feet wide E E E E < 10 feet wide or no trees 20. Buffer Structure – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) for Metric 19 (“Vegetated” Buffer Width). LB RB A A Mature forest B B Non-mature woody vegetation or modified vegetation structure C C Herbaceous vegetation with or without a strip of trees < 10 feet wide D D Maintained shrubs E E Little or no vegetation 21. Buffer Stressors – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Check all appropriate boxes for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB). Indicate if listed stressor abuts stream (Abuts), does not abut but is within 30 feet of stream (< 30 feet), or is between 30 to 50 feet of stream (30-50 feet). If none of the following stressors occurs on either bank, check here and skip to Metric 22: Abuts < 30 feet 30-50 feet LB RB LB RB LB RB A A A A A A Row crops B B B B B B Maintained turf C C C C C C Pasture (no livestock)/commercial horticulture D D D D D D Pasture (active livestock use) 22. Stem Density – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider for left bank (LB) and right bank (RB) for Metric 19 (“Wooded” Buffer Width). LB RB A A Medium to high stem density B B Low stem density C C No wooded riparian buffer or predominantly herbaceous species or bare ground 23. Continuity of Vegetated Buffer – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Consider whether vegetated buffer is continuous along stream (parallel). Breaks are areas lacking vegetation > 10 feet wide. LB RB A A The total length of buffer breaks is < 25 percent. B B The total length of buffer breaks is between 25 and 50 percent. C C The total length of buffer breaks is > 50 percent. 24. Vegetative Composition – streamside area metric (skip for Tidal Marsh Streams) Evaluate the dominant vegetation within 100 feet of each bank or to the edge of the watershed (whichever comes first) as it contribute s to assessment reach habitat. LB RB A A Vegetation is close to undisturbed in species present and their proportions. Lower strata composed of native species, with non-native invasive species absent or sparse. B B Vegetation indicates disturbance in terms of species diversity or proportions, but is still largely composed of native species. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clear -cutting or clearing or communities with non-native invasive species present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata or communities missing understory but retaining canopy trees. C C Vegetation is severely disturbed in terms of species diversity or proport ions. Mature canopy is absent or communities with non-native invasive species dominant over a large portion of expected strata or communities composed of planted stands of non-characteristic species or communities inappropriately composed of a single spec ies or no vegetation. 25. Conductivity – assessment reach metric (skip for all Coastal Plain streams) 25a. Yes No Was conductivity measurement recorded? If No, select one of the following reasons. No Water Other: 25b. Check the box corresponding to the conductivity measurement (units of microsiemens per centimeter). A < 46 B 46 to < 67 C 67 to < 79 D 79 to < 230 E ≥ 230 Notes/Sketch: Draft NC SAM Stream Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 2.1 Stream Site Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion Date of Assessment 1/23/2020 Stream Category Mb1 Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes of Field Assessment Form (Y/N) NO Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) YES Additional stream information/supplementary measurements included (Y/N) NC SAM feature type (perennial, intermittent, Tidal Marsh Stream) Perennial Function Class Rating Summary USACE/ All Streams NCDWR Intermittent (1) Hydrology HIGH (2) Baseflow HIGH (2) Flood Flow HIGH (3) Streamside Area Attenuation HIGH (4) Floodplain Access HIGH (4) Wooded Riparian Buffer HIGH (4) Microtopography NA (3) Stream Stability MEDIUM (4) Channel Stability HIGH (4) Sediment Transport MEDIUM (4) Stream Geomorphology MEDIUM (2) Stream/Intertidal Zone Interaction NA (2) Longitudinal Tidal Flow NA (2) Tidal Marsh Stream Stability NA (3) Tidal Marsh Channel Stability NA (3) Tidal Marsh Stream Geomorphology NA (1) Water Quality HIGH (2) Baseflow HIGH (2) Streamside Area Vegetation HIGH (3) Upland Pollutant Filtration HIGH (3) Thermoregulation HIGH (2) Indicators of Stressors NO (2) Aquatic Life Tolerance HIGH (2) Intertidal Zone Filtration NA (1) Habitat HIGH (2) In-stream Habitat MEDIUM (3) Baseflow HIGH (3) Substrate MEDIUM (3) Stream Stability MEDIUM (3) In-stream Habitat MEDIUM (2) Stream-side Habitat HIGH (3) Stream-side Habitat HIGH (3) Thermoregulation HIGH (2) Tidal Marsh In-stream Habitat NA (3) Flow Restriction NA (3) Tidal Marsh Stream Stability NA (4) Tidal Marsh Channel Stability NA (4) Tidal Marsh Stream Geomorphology NA (3) Tidal Marsh In-stream Habitat NA (2) Intertidal Zone NA Overall HIGH NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion Date of Evaluation March 25, 2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin Sibelco Wetland Site Name W2 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization ClearWater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin Little Tennessee USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.954073; -81.985186 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W2 Date of Assessment March 25, 2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization ClearWater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) NO Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) NO Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) YES Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition HIGH Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition HIGH Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition MEDIUM Landscape Patch Structure Condition HIGH Vegetation Composition Condition HIGH Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition HIGH Water Quality Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition HIGH Overall Wetland Rating HIGH NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion Date of Evaluation March 25, 2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin Sibelco Wetland Site Name W4 and W3 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization ClearWater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin Little Tennessee USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.954591; -81.984757 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W4 and W3 Date of Assessment March 25, 2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization ClearWater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) NO Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) NO Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) NO Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition HIGH Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition HIGH Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition MEDIUM Landscape Patch Structure Condition HIGH Vegetation Composition Condition HIGH Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition HIGH Water Quality Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition HIGH Overall Wetland Rating HIGH NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion Date of Evaluation March 25, 2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin Sibelco Wetland Site Name W6 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization ClearWater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin Little Tennessee USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.954039; -81.981707 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W6 Date of Assessment March 25, 2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization ClearWater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) NO Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) NO Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) NO Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition LOW Landscape Patch Structure Condition LOW Vegetation Composition Condition LOW Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition LOW Water Quality Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition LOW Overall Wetland Rating LOW NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion Date of Evaluation March 25, 2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin Sibelco Wetland Site Name W7 and W8 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization ClearWater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin Little Tennessee USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.954039; -81.981707 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W7 and W8 Date of Assessment March 25, 2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization ClearWater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) NO Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) NO Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) NO Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition MEDIUM Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition LOW Landscape Patch Structure Condition LOW Vegetation Composition Condition LOW Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition LOW Water Quality Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition LOW Overall Wetland Rating LOW NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion - IP Date of Evaluation 1-23-2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin/Sibelco Wetland Site Name W5 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin French Broad USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.955833; -81.982001 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes Area is adjacent to a stormwater management pond for an old mine. Area was an active mine and clearcut on aerial imagery in 1 998. Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W5 Date of Assessment 1-23-2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) YES Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) NO Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) NO Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) NO Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) YES Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition LOW Landscape Patch Structure Condition LOW Vegetation Composition Condition MEDIUM Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition LOW Water Quality Condition MEDIUM Condition/Opportunity MEDIUM Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition LOW Overall Wetland Rating LOW NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion - IP Date of Evaluation 1-23-2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin/Sibelco Wetland Site Name W9 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin French Broad USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.954129; -81.981190 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes small depression capturing roadside drainage Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W9 Date of Assessment 1-23-2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) YES Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) YES Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) NO Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) YES Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition LOW Landscape Patch Structure Condition LOW Vegetation Composition Condition LOW Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition LOW Water Quality Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition LOW Overall Wetland Rating LOW NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion - IP Date of Evaluation 1-23-2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin/Sibelco Wetland Site Name W11 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin French Broad USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.953855; -81.981194 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes small depression capturing roadside drainage Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W11 Date of Assessment 1-23-2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) YES Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) YES Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) NO Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) YES Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition MEDIUM Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition MEDIUM Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition MEDIUM Condition/Opportunity MEDIUM Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition MEDIUM Condition/Opportunity MEDIUM Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition MEDIUM Landscape Patch Structure Condition LOW Vegetation Composition Condition LOW Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition MEDIUM Water Quality Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition LOW Overall Wetland Rating LOW NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion - IP Date of Evaluation 1-23-2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin/Sibelco Wetland Site Name W13 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin French Broad USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.953374; -81.981338 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes linear springhead Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W13 Date of Assessment 1-23-2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) YES Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) YES Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) NO Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) YES Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition HIGH Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition HIGH Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition MEDIUM Condition/Opportunity MEDIUM Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition MEDIUM Landscape Patch Structure Condition LOW Vegetation Composition Condition HIGH Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition HIGH Water Quality Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition MEDIUM Overall Wetland Rating HIGH NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion - IP Date of Evaluation 1-23-2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin/Sibelco Wetland Site Name W14 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin French Broad USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.953396; -81.981170 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes linear springhead Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W14 Date of Assessment 1-23-2020 Wetland Type Headwater Forest Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) YES Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) YES Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) NO Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) YES Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition HIGH Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition HIGH Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Particulate Change Condition MEDIUM Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Physical Change Condition MEDIUM Condition/Opportunity MEDIUM Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Pollution Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Habitat Physical Structure Condition MEDIUM Landscape Patch Structure Condition LOW Vegetation Composition Condition HIGH Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition HIGH Water Quality Condition HIGH Condition/Opportunity HIGH Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition MEDIUM Overall Wetland Rating HIGH NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion - IP Date of Evaluation 1-23-2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin/Sibelco Wetland Site Name W16 Wetland Type Basin Wetland Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin French Broad USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.954519; -81.981074 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes Area appears to be an old sediment basin, receiving flow from an area clearcut and mined area in 1998. Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W16 Date of Assessment 1-23-2020 Wetland Type Basin Wetland Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) YES Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) NO Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) NO Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) YES Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) NO Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition NA Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition NA Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Particulate Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Physical Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Pollution Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Physical Structure Condition LOW Landscape Patch Structure Condition LOW Vegetation Composition Condition MEDIUM Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition LOW Water Quality Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition LOW Overall Wetland Rating LOW NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 USACE AID # NCDWR# Project Name Ollis Waste Area Expansion - IP Date of Evaluation 1-23-2020 Applicant/Owner Name Unimin/Sibelco Wetland Site Name W17 B Wetland Type Basin Wetland Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Level III Ecoregion Blue Ridge Mountains Nearest Named Water Body Brushy Creek River Basin French Broad USGS 8-Digit Catalogue Unit 06010108 County Avery NCDWR Region Asheville Yes No Precipitation within 48 hrs? Latitude/Longitude (deci-degrees) 35.955587; -87.980445 Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area) Please circle and/or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent. Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in recent past (for instance, within 10 years). Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following. • Hydrological modifications (examples: ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc.) • Surface and sub-surface discharges into the wetland (examples: discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), ho g lagoons, etc.) • Signs of vegetation stress (examples: vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc.) • Habitat/plant community alteration (examples: mowing, clear-cutting, exotics, etc.) Is the assessment area intensively managed? Yes No Regulatory Considerations - Were regulatory considerations evaluated? Yes No If Yes, check all that apply to the assessment area. Anadromous fish Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species NCDWR riparian buffer rule in effect Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA) Publicly owned property N.C. Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer) Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout Designated NCNHP reference community Abuts a 303(d)-listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)-listed stream What type of natural stream is associated with the wetla nd, if any? (check all that apply) Blackwater Brownwater Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) Lunar Wind Both Is the assessment area on a coastal island? Yes No Is the assessment area’s surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? Yes No Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? Yes No 1. Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in the assessment area. Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual). If a reference is not applicable, then rate the assessment area based on evidence an effect. GS VS A A Not severely altered B B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples: vehicle tracks, excessive sedimentation, fire-plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compact ion, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure alteration examples: mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing, less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration) 2. Surface and Sub-Surface Storage Capacity and Duration – assessment area condition metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration (Sub). Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology. A ditch ≤ 1 foot deep is considered to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub-surface water. Consider tidal flooding regime, if applicable. Surf Sub A A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered. B B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation). C C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation change ) (examples: draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines). 3. Water Storage/Surface Relief – assessment area/wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box in each column. Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT). AA WT 3a. A A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep B B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep C C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep D D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep 3b. A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot 4. Soil Texture/Structure – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes) Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below. Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature. Make soil observations within the top 12 inches. Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional indicators. 4a. A Sandy soil B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redox imorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres) C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redox imorphic features D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil E Histosol or histic epipedon 4b. A Soil ribbon < 1 inch B Soil ribbon ≥ 1 inch 4c. A No peat or muck presence B A peat or muck presence 5. Discharge into Wetland – opportunity metric Check a box in each column. Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub-surface pollutants or discharges (Sub). Examples of sub-surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank , underground storage tank (UST), etc. Surf Sub A A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area B B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetla nd and stressing, but not overwhelming the treatment capacity of the assessment area C C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area a nd potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive sedimentation, odor) 6. Land Use – opportunity metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Check all that apply (at least one box in each column). Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. Consider sources draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M). WS 5M 2M A A A > 10% impervious surfaces B B B Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants C C C ≥ 20% coverage of pasture D D D ≥ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land) E E E ≥ 20% coverage of maintained grass/herb F F F ≥ 20% coverage of clear-cut land G G G Little or no opportunity to improve water quality. Lack of opportunity may result from little or no disturbance in the watershed or hydrologic alterations that prevent drainage and/or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area. 7. Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer – assessment area/wetland complex condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) 7a. Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water? Yes No If Yes, continue to 7b. If No, skip to Metric 8. Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed. 7b. How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? (Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the .water body. Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland. Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbe d.) A ≥ 50 feet B From 30 to < 50 feet C From 15 to < 30 feet D From 5 to < 15 feet E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches 7c. Tributary width. If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels/braids for a total width. ≤ 15-feet wide > 15-feet wide Other open water (no tributary present) 7d. Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend in to the bank of the tributary/open water? Yes No 7e. Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed? Sheltered – adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic. Exposed – adjacent open water with width ≥ 2500 feet or regular boat traffic. 8. Wetland Width at the Assessment Area – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate WT for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland only; evaluate WC for Bottomland Hardwood Forest, Headwater Forest, and Riverine Swamp Forest only) Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only. Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT) and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC). See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries. WT WC A A ≥ 100 feet B B From 80 to < 100 feet C C From 50 to < 80 feet D D From 40 to < 50 feet E E From 30 to < 40 feet F F From 15 to < 30 feet G G From 5 to < 15 feet H H < 5 feet 9. Inundation Duration – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands) Answer for assessment area dominant landform. A Evidence of short-duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days) B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation C Evidence of long-duration inundation or very long-duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more) 10. Indicators of Deposition – assessment area condition metric (skip for non-riparian wetlands and all marshes) Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition). A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels. B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland. C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland. 11. Wetland Size – wetland type/wetland complex condition metric Check a box in each column. Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area: the size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable , see User Manual). See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas. If assessment area is clear-cut, select “K” for the FW column. WT WC FW (if applicable) A A A ≥ 500 acres B B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D D From 25 to < 50 acres E E E From 10 to < 25 acres F F F From 5 to < 10 acres G G G From 1 to < 5 acres H H H From 0.5 to < 1 acre I I I From 0.1 to < 0.5 acre J J J From 0.01 to < 0.1 acre K K K < 0.01 acre or assessment area is clear-cut 12. Wetland Intactness – wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only) A Pocosin is the full extent (≥ 90%) of its natural landscape size. B Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size. 13. Connectivity to Other Natural Areas – landscape condition metric 13a. Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column). Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment. This metric evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and/or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contigu ous naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate). Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors the width of a four-lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300 feet wide. Well Loosely A A ≥ 500 acres B B From 100 to < 500 acres C C From 50 to < 100 acres D D From 10 to < 50 acres E E < 10 acres F F Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats 13b. Evaluate for marshes only. Yes No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters/stream or tidal wetlands. 14. Edge Effect – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes and Estuarine Woody Wetland) May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment. Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges. Artificia l edges include non-forested areas ≥ 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts. Consider the eight main points of the compass. Artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in how many directions? If the assessme nt area is clear cut, select option ”C.” A 0 B 1 to 4 C 5 to 8 15. Vegetative Composition – assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat) A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions. Lower strata compo sed of appropriate species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area. B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions , but still largely composed of native species characteristic of the wetland type. This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or clearing. It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata. C Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition, or expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species), or exotic species are dominant in at least one stratum. 16. Vegetative Diversity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non-tidal Freshwater Marsh only) A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics). B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics. C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics). 17. Vegetative Structure – assessment area/wetland type condition metric 17a. Is vegetation present? Yes No If Yes, continue to 17b. If No, skip to Metric 18. 17b. Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only. Skip to 17c for non-marsh wetlands. A ≥ 25% coverage of vegetation B < 25% coverage of vegetation 17c. Check a box in each column for each stratum. Evaluate this portion of the metric for non-marsh wetlands. Consider structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately. AA WT A A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes B B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps C C Canopy sparse or absent A A Dense mid-story/sapling layer B B Moderate density mid-story/sapling layer C C Mid-story/sapling layer sparse or absent A A Dense shrub layer B B Moderate density shrub layer C C Shrub layer sparse or absent A A Dense herb layer B B Moderate density herb layer C C Herb layer sparse or absent 18. Snags – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 19. Diameter Class Distribution – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH); many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are present. B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH. C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees. 20. Large Woody Debris – wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes) Include both natural debris and man-placed natural debris. A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability). B Not A 21. Vegetation/Open Water Dispersion – wetland type/open water condition metric (evaluate for Non-Tidal Freshwater Marsh only) Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season. P atterned areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water. A B C D 22. Hydrologic Connectivity – assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands and Salt/Brackish Marsh only) Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization, diversion, man-made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision. Documentation required if evaluated as B, C, or D. A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area. B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area. C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area. D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area. Notes Area is adjacent to an abandoned stormwater management pond for an old mine, which has naturalized. Area was an active mine a nd clearcut on aerial imagery in 1998. Canopy Mid-Story Shrub Herb NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet Accompanies User Manual Version 5.0 Wetland Site Name W17 B Date of Assessment 1-23-2020 Wetland Type Basin Wetland Assessor Name/Organization Clearwater Environmental Consultants Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y/N) YES Presence of regulatory considerations (Y/N) NO Wetland is intensively managed (Y/N) NO Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y/N) NO Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y/N) NO Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y/N) YES Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y/N) NO Sub-function Rating Summary Function Sub-function Metrics Rating Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition NA Sub-surface Storage and Retention Condition NA Water Quality Pathogen Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Particulate Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Soluble Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Physical Change Condition NA Condition/Opportunity NA Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NA Pollution Change Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Physical Structure Condition LOW Landscape Patch Structure Condition HIGH Vegetation Composition Condition MEDIUM Function Rating Summary Function Metrics Rating Hydrology Condition LOW Water Quality Condition LOW Condition/Opportunity LOW Opportunity Presence (Y/N) NO Habitat Condition LOW Overall Wetland Rating LOW Appendix D: DMS Acceptance Letter July 23, 2020 Jeffrey Ferguson Sibelco North America, Inc. 136 Crystal Drive Spruce Pine, NC 28777 Expiration of Acceptance: 1/23/2021 Project: Ollis Waste Area Expansion County: Avery The purpose of this letter is to notify you that the NCDEQ Division of Mitigation Services (DMS) is willing to accept payment for compensatory mitigation for impacts associated with the above referenced project as indicated in the table below. Please note that this decision does not assure that participation in the DMS in- lieu fee mitigation program will be approved by the permit issuing agencies as mitigation for project impacts. It is the responsibility of the applicant to contact permitting agencies to determine if payment to the DMS will be approved. You must also comply with all other state, federal or local government permits, regulations or authorizations associated with the proposed activity including G.S. § 143-214.11. This acceptance is valid for six months from the date of this letter and is not transferable. If we have not received a copy of the issued 404 Permit/401 Certification within this time frame, this acceptance will expire. It is the applicant’s responsibility to send copies of the permits to DMS. Once DMS receives a copy of the permit(s) an invoice will be issued based on the required mitigation in that permit and payment must be made prior to conducting the authorized work. The amount of the in-lieu fee to be paid by an applicant is calculated based upon the Fee Schedule and policies listed on the DMS website. Based on the information supplied by you in your request to use the DMS, the impacts for which you are requesting compensatory mitigation credit are summarized in the following table. The amount of mitigation required and assigned to DMS for this impact is determined by permitting agencies and may exceed the impact amounts shown below. River Basin Impact Location (8-digit HUC) Impact Type Impact Quantity French Broad 06010108 Riparian Wetland 0.279 French Broad 06010108 Cold Stream 347 Upon receipt of payment, DMS will take responsibility for providing the compensatory mitigation. The mitigation will be performed in accordance with the In-Lieu Fee Program instrument dated July 28, 2010. Thank you for your interest in the DMS in-lieu fee mitigation program. If you have any questions or need additional information, please contact Kelly Williams at (919) 707-8915. Sincerely, FOR James. B Stanfill Asset Management Supervisor cc: Tyson Kurtz, agent Appendix E: Stormwater Pond Construction Specifications ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ .................................................................................................................... .............................................. = EXCAVATE ALL 3 1 FROM E625 ELEV. _ '= EXCAVATE 2.5 I INSDKBASIN \Depth �e I } �q I1 SIDELC❑ NORTH AMERICA, INC. S I BE LC 136 Crystal Drive Spruce Pine, NC 28777 Brushy Creek Mine Sediment Control Plan OL-2A C1 Cl p scale SIZE Drawn By DWG NO. REV jsf OL2Acrosssection.dwg 0 40 80 120 SCALE As Shown D,,tei June 2020 SHEET 1 OF n IN N N IN IN �fU �N IN IN V OD OD OD OD OO �D �D �O CA o UI CD CA CD CD CD N CD C!I �I> C 0 n C N X. CA D- Q N (D (11 -�� -0 n N :r O U N O CJI t) t7 Q 3 N G I I c N CT CO O N Q o I z U) (D co Q (D O l< V� rn r C'y (n D N N >M m II---II0 ® W L o y r U) O � W p Q C_ � In N m � CD o M ��z In 0', N Do —.3 N -1 n _ L _ O Q CID e V dM R)--� r0 D rrl 0 J z _ . O Ti N N J N co N OD N 0 IN ID I IN IN o 07 IN QO I Ln O Ln O (_/I cU1 O UI O n x CD 0) O co n V1 "O O (D S O 3 n C n o < n n n Q 3 �F o W O �O _ O 7 � � n -q S O <+ S CD II J o 0 O N -1 fU ro 0 (J1 + L IS 0 C rt O cD CD RO U O c n ID d 3 o O 71 N I I cn N J �0 0 0 0 O CDW 2 � 3 � O N O � pi 7 n O �C CD 3 Q �O 0 0 -14 CD 0 m r 0N N LCD n yr m to � A � r � � o (D r0 � Z N W zo � o � zQ 3 —rn d� �I � D J cn � O. N 25' Undisturbed � Buffer l.o �'1 2,1 M Typical Outlet Channel Minimum Dimensions fV fU IU OD co co N W I N OD Iro Iru co 00 N 00 UI o (n o o Cn o Cn 0 N C TI �p cr n X C _ + CD O) o co Vl "O 0 CD S A o Q) 7 0 S II UI 0 U A 3 1+ O U o W O 0 p h O V1 S n -n S CD Q II ( 0 o O Rl rD N <+ 0 / I N C >T n r C ` 0 I O � � � o ti \ Q 3 ao n m o m < 0 u ru 00 A 0 0 000 00 tDd � A CD s �0 oCD 0 ri 0 o n 0 0 c a `p r,� Y r m r C7 N D N N D� m F cn o 3 W = w� d Q fll m � � o n o 0 3� +_ `Q rn z�� cc) r0 D Q � J ` N c� � z O -" O � N